NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE CO
10-K, 1996-04-01
LIFE INSURANCE
Previous: NATIONAL RURAL UTILITIES COOPERATIVE FINANCE CORP /DC/, 424B5, 1996-04-01
Next: NAVARRE 500 BUILDING ASSOCIATES, 10-K, 1996-04-01








                                UNITED STATES
                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C. 20549


                                 FORM 10-K

  [  X  ]    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
           THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

                For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1995

 [     ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
             SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

         For the transition period from ___________ to ___________

                      Commission File Number: 2-17039


                  NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
           (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


          COLORADO                                        84-0467208
 (State of Incorporation)            (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)


     850 EAST ANDERSON LANE 
     AUSTIN, TEXAS 78752-1602                          (512) 836-1010
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)              (Telephone Number)


     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  NONE

    Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  EXEMPT

Indicate by  check mark  whether the  Registrant (1)  has filed  all reports
required to be filed by  Section 13 or 15(d) of  the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or  for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to  file such reports)  and (2) has  been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days: 

Yes [  X  ]     No  [      ]   

Indicate by check mark if  disclosure of delinquent filers  pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to
the best  of  registrant's knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy or  information
statements incorporated by reference  in Part III  of this Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [     ]

The aggregate  market value  of  the common  stock (based  upon  the closing
price) held  by non-affiliates  of  the Registrant  at March  15,  1996, was
approximately $130,074,000.

As of   March 15, 1996,  the number of  shares of Registrant's  common stock
outstanding was: Class A - 3,291,338 and Class B - 200,000.



                                      PART I

                                 ITEM 1. BUSINESS

(a) General

Life Insurance Operations

National  Western  Life  Insurance  Company   (hereinafter  referred  to  as
"National Western", "Company", or "Registrant") is a life insurance company,
chartered  in  the  State  of  Colorado  in  1956,  and  doing  business  in
forty-three states  and  the District  of  Columbia.  National Western  also
accepts applications  from  and  issues  policies  to residents  of  several
Central and South American countries. Such  policies are accepted and issued
in the United States.  During 1995, the Company  recorded approximately $403
million in premium revenues, universal life, and investment annuity contract
deposits. New life  insurance issued  during 1995 approximated  $1.2 billion
and the  total amount  in force  at year-end  1995 was  $7.9 billion.  As of
December  31,   1995,  the   Company  had   total  consolidated   assets  of
approximately $2.96 billion.

Competition: The life insurance business is  highly competitive and National
Western competes with over 1,700 stock and  mutual companies.  Best's Agents
Guide  To  Life   Insurance  Companies,  an   authoritative  life  insurance
publication, lists companies by total admitted  assets and life insurance in
force. As of December 31,  1994, the most recent  date for which information
is available, National Western ranked  145 in total admitted  assets and 227
in  life  insurance  in  force  among  approximately  1,700  life  insurance
companies domiciled in the United States.

Life insurance companies compete not  only on product design  and price, but
increasingly  on  policyowner  service  and  marketing  and  sales  efforts.
National Western  believes  that its  products,  premium rates,  policyowner
service, and marketing efforts are generally competitive with those of other
life insurance  companies  selling  similar  types  of  insurance.    Mutual
insurance companies  may  have  certain  competitive  advantages over  stock
companies in that  the policies written  by them are  participating policies
and their profits inure to  the benefit of their  policyholders. The Company
no longer writes participating policies, and such policies represent only 1%
of the Company's life insurance in force at December 31, 1995. 

In addition  to competition  within  the life  insurance  industry, National
Western  and  other   insurance  companies   face  competition   from  other
industries.   In recent  years,  there has  been increased  interest  in the
banking industry to directly market  annuities.  In fact,  in January, 1995,
the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that national  banks may compete with insurance
companies in the sale of annuities.  Such regulation changes could result in
increased competition for National Western and the life insurance industry.

Competition also  arises  from  different  investment  and product  choices.
Annuities are often used as long-term,  tax deferred investment vehicles and
in retirement  planning.    As  a  result,  other  investment types  can  be
competitive products  to  annuities.   For  example, the  recent  growth and
popularity of mutual funds  has attracted large amounts  of investment funds
over the past several years, particularly during periods of declining market
interest rates.   Many mutual funds also allow tax deferred features through
individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, and other qualified methods.

Agents and Employees:   National Western has 230 full-time employees at  its
principal executive office. Its insurance operations are conducted primarily
through broker-agents, which numbered 8,330 at December 31, 1995. The agency
operations  are  supervised  by  Senior  Vice  Presidents  of  domestic  and
international marketing.  The Company's  agents are  independent contractors
who are compensated on a commission basis. General agents receive overriding
first year and renewal commissions on business written by agents under their
supervision. 

Types of Insurance  Written:  National Western offers  a broad  portfolio of
individual whole  life  and  term  life  insurance  plans,  endowments,  and
annuities, including  standard supplementary  riders. The  Company  does not
market group life insurance but does offer  group annuities. In recent years
the majority of  the business written  has been individual  flexible premium
and single premium annuities and universal life products. Except for a small
employee health plan and a small number  of existing individual accident and
health policies, primarily  in Florida, the  Company does not  write any new
policies in  the  accident  and  health  markets.    A distribution  of  the
Company's direct  premium  revenues  and  deposits  by  type of  product  is
provided below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       1995                  1994
                                    Amounts in            Amounts in
                                     Thousands     %       Thousands      %

<S>                                  <C>       <C>         <C>        <C> 

Investment annuities                 309,971    77 %       157,622     64 %
Universal life insurance              68,464    17          64,760     26
Traditional life and other            24,801     6          24,919     10

                                     403,236   100 %       247,301    100 %

</TABLE>

The underwriting policy of the Company is  to require medical examination of
applicants for ordinary  insurance in  excess of certain  prescribed limits.
These limits are  graduated according to  the age  of the applicant  and the
amount of insurance  desired.  The  Company has  no maximum for  issuance of
life insurance on any one life. However, the  Company's general policy is to
reinsure that portion of any risk  in excess of $150,000 on  the life of any
one individual.  Effective  January 1,  1996,  the Company  has  raised this
reinsurance level  to  $200,000 per  individual.    Also, following  general
industry practice, policies are issued on substandard risks.

Geographical Distribution  of Business: For  the  year  1995, insurance  and
annuity policies held by residents  of the State of  Texas accounted for 17%
of  premium  revenues,  universal  life,  and  investment  annuity  contract
deposits  from  direct  business,  while  policies   held  by  residents  of
California,  Pennsylvania, and Michigan accounted for approximately 8%,  7%, 
and 6%, respectively. All other states of the United States accounted for 48% 
of premium revenues and deposits from direct business.  The remaining 14% of
premium revenues  and  deposits were  derived  from  the Company's  policies
issued to foreign nationals, primarily all of  which was for individual life
insurance.   A distribution  of the  Company's direct  premium  revenues and
deposits by domestic and international markets is provided below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        1995                1994
                                     Amounts in          Amounts in
                                     Thousands     %      Thousands     %

<S>                                    <C>       <C>        <C>       <C> 

United States domestic market          345,829    86 %      193,455    78 %
International market                    57,407    14         53,846    22

                                       403,236   100 %      247,301   100 %

</TABLE>

Approximately 74% of  the life insurance  face amount issued  by the Company
during 1995 was  written through  international insurance brokers  acting as
independent  contractors.   Foreign   business  is   solicited   by  various
independent brokers, primarily in  Central and South  America, and forwarded
to the  United States  for acceptance  and issuance.  The  Company maintains
strict controls on  the business  it accepts  from such  foreign independent
brokers, as well as its  underwriting procedures for such  business.  Except
for a small block of business, a currency clause is included in each foreign
policy stating that premium and claim "dollars"  refer to lawful currency of
the United States.  Traditional and universal life  products are sold in the
international market  to individuals  in  upper socioeconomic  classes.   By
marketing exclusively  to  this  group,  sales  typically produce  a  higher
average policy size,  strong persistency,  and claims experience  similar to
that in the United States.

Investments: State  insurance  statutes prescribe  the nature,  quality,  an
percentage of  the  various  types  of  investments  which  may be  made  by
insurance companies  and generally  permit investments  in  qualified state,
municipal, federal,  and  foreign government  obligations,  corporate bonds,
preferred and  common  stock,  real  estate,  and  real  estate  first  lien
mortgages where the value of  the underlying real estate  exceeds the amount
of the mortgage lien by certain required percentages. 

The following table  shows investment  results for insurance  operations for
the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Net
                                                              Unrealized
                Invested                       Realized      Appreciation
               Assets of           Net          Gains          Increase
  Calendar     Insurance       Investment    (Losses) on      (Decrease)
    Year       Operations      Income (A)    Investments          (B)
                                                            
                                   (In thousands)

    <C>      <C>                 <C>            <C>            <C>

    1995     $  2,624,596        201,816        (2,415)        17,394
    1994        2,343,827        190,021         1,626         (1,942)
    1993        2,237,687        180,252         3,206           (395)
    1992        2,200,518        184,149        15,710            237
    1991        2,025,997        176,443         9,360            527

<FN>
Notes to Table:

(A) Net investment  income is  after deduction  of investment  expenses, but
before realized gains (losses) on investments and Federal income taxes.

(B) Unrealized appreciation, net of  effects of deferred policy acquisition
costs and taxes, relates only to those investment securities classified as 
available for sale.

</FN>

</TABLE>

The following table shows the percentage distribution of insurance operation
investments:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               December 31,
                                1995     1994     1993     1991     1992

<S>                             <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>

Securities held to maturity      62.6%    68.5%    79.9%    77.5%    77.1%
Securities available for sale    22.9     15.1      1.8      4.7      -   
Mortgage loans                    7.3      8.1      8.4      8.1      7.8
Policy loans                      5.6      6.5      6.9      7.2      7.7
Other investments                 1.6      1.8      3.0      2.5      7.4

Totals                          100.0%   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%

</TABLE>


Regulation: The Company is  subject to regulation by  the supervisory agency
of each state or other jurisdiction in which  it is licensed to do business.
These agencies have broad administrative powers,  including the granting and
revocation of licenses  to transact business,  the licensing of  agents, the
approval of  policy  forms,  the form  and  content  of mandatory  financial
statements, capital,  surplus,  and reserve  requirements,  as  well as  the
previously mentioned regulation  of the  types of  investments which  may be
made. The Company is required  to file detailed financial  reports with each
state or jurisdiction in which it is licensed, and its books and records are
subject to examination by each. In accordance with the insurance laws of the
various states in which the Company is licensed  and the rules and practices
of the National Association  of Insurance Commissioners,  examination of the
Company's records routinely  takes place  every three  to five  years. These
examinations  are  supervised  by  the  Company's  domiciliary  state,  with
representatives from other states participating. The most recent examination
of National Western  was completed in  1994 and covered  the six-year period
ended December 31, 1992.  The states of Colorado  and Delaware participated.
A final  report  disclosing  the examination  results  was  received by  the
Company in March, 1995.  The report contained no adjustments or issues which
would have a significant, negative impact on the operations of the Company.

Regulations that affect the Company and the insurance industry are often the
result of  efforts by  the National  Association of  Insurance Commissioners
(NAIC).   The  NAIC  is an  association  of  state insurance  commissioners,
regulators and support staff that acts as a  coordinating body for the state
insurance regulatory process.  Recently, increased  scrutiny has been placed
upon the insurance regulatory framework, and certain state legislatures have
considered or enacted  laws that  alter, and in  many cases  increase, state
authority to regulate  insurance companies.   The  NAIC and  state insurance
regulators  periodically  re-examine  existing  laws  and  regulations,  and
recently have been  specifically focusing  on insurance  company investments
and solvency  issues,  statutory  policy  reserves, reinsurance,  risk-based
capital guidelines,  and  codification  of  prescribed statutory  accounting
principles.

Of particular  importance,  in  1993  the  NAIC established  new  risk-based
capital (RBC) requirements  to help  state regulators monitor  the financial
strength and stability of life insurers  by identifying those companies that
may be  inadequately  capitalized.    Under  the NAIC's  requirements,  each
insurer must maintain its total capital above a calculated threshold or take
corrective measures to  achieve the  threshold.   The threshold  of adequate
capital is based  on a formula  that takes into  account the amount  of risk
each company faces on its  products and investments.   The RBC formula takes
into consideration four major areas of risk which are:  (i) asset risk which
primarily focuses on the  quality of investments; (ii)  insurance risk which
encompasses mortality  and morbidity  risk; (iii)  interest rate  risk which
involves asset/liability  matching issues;  and (iv)  other  business risks.
The Company has calculated its RBC level and has determined that its capital
and surplus is significantly in excess of the threshold requirements.

The RBC regulation developed by the NAIC is an example of its involvement in
the regulatory process.  New regulations are routinely published by the NAIC
as model acts or  model laws.  The  NAIC encourages adoption  of these model
acts by  all  states  to  provide  uniformity  and consistency  among  state
insurance regulations.

Discontinued Brokerage Operations

General:  The  Westcap Corporation (Westcap),  a wholly owned  subsidiary of
the Company, was a brokerage firm headquartered in Houston, Texas.  Prior to
July 17, 1995, Westcap  provided investment products  and financial services
to a  nationwide  customer  base.   Its  wholly  owned subsidiaries  include
Westcap Securities Investment, Inc. (Westcap Investment), Westcap Securities
Management, Inc. (Westcap Management), and Westcap Mortgage Company (Westcap
Mortgage).   Westcap  Investment  and Westcap  Management  own  100% of  the
partnership interests in  Westcap Securities,  L.P. (Westcap L.P.).  Westcap
L.P.  was  primarily  a   dealer  in  municipal  and   corporate  bonds  and
collateralized  mortgage  obligations  and  a  secondary  market  dealer  in
obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies. The
limited partnership was subject to regulation by the Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) and the National Association of Securities Dealers.

Plan to Cease  Brokerage Operations:  Effective  July 17, 1995,  The Westcap
Corporation and subsidiaries  discontinued all sales  and trading activities
in its  Houston,  Texas,  office.   At  that  time, Westcap continued its 
corporate  operations and small  sales operations in its New Jersey office.  
However, in September, 1995, Westcap approved a plan to close the remaining 
sales office in New Jersey and to cease all brokerage operations.

As more fully described in  Item 7, Management's Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,  declines in  both  sales
revenues and  earnings  were the  principal  reasons  for ceasing  brokerage
operations.   The  declines  resulted  primarily  from adverse  bond  market
conditions and adverse publicity about litigation.  As a result of Westcap's
decision to  cease  brokerage  operations,  the  brokerage  segment  is  now
reported as  discontinued  operations  throughout  this  report and  in  the
accompanying financial statements.

In anticipation of  an Order Instituting  Public Administrative Proceedings,
Making  Findings  and  Imposing  Remedial Sanctions  (Order)  being  entered
pursuant to Sections 15(b) and 19(h) of the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934
by the Securities and Exchange Commission (Commission), on February 8, 1996,
Westcap L.P. submitted an offer  of settlement to the  Commission whereby it
consented, without admitting  or denying the  findings in the  Order, to the
entry of an Order of the Commission making findings, revoking Westcap L.P.'s
registration with the Commission, and requiring payment to the Commission of
(i) $445,341 disgorgement, (ii) prejudgement interest  of $83,879, and (iii)
civil penalty of $300,000.   Such an Order was entered  by the Commission on
February 14, 1996.  In compliance with the  Order, Westcap L.P. made payment
to the Commission of $829,220 on March 5, 1996. 

(b) Financial Information About Industry Segments

A summary of financial  information for the Company's  two industry segments
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        Life     Discontinued
                     Insurance     Brokerage      Adjustments  Consolidated
                     Operations   Operations           (B)        Amounts
                                        (In thousands)
                                                    
<S>                 <C>              <C>            <C>           <C>
Gross revenues:
          1995      $  287,816         5,112  (A)     (5,693)       287,235
          1994         278,431        40,208  (A)    (41,881)       276,758
          1993         273,363       105,923  (A)   (107,579)       271,707

Net earnings
(losses):
          1995      $   35,634       (16,350)            -           19,284
          1994          37,172        (2,936)            -           34,236
          1993          34,892        21,832             -           56,724

Identifiable
assets:
          1995      $2,952,282         6,177             -        2,958,459
          1994       2,702,184       232,057         (19,187)     2,915,054
          1993       2,590,537       372,301         (21,787)     2,941,051

<FN>
Notes to Table:

(A)   These  amounts  are  not  reported  as  revenues in  the  accompanying
consolidated financial  statements,  as the  segment has been  discontinued.
Instead, gross revenues are reported net of expenses and taxes as a separate
line  item   identified  as   discontinued  operations.      This  reporting
classification is  used  to clearly  separate  discontinued operations  from
continuing operations of the consolidated entity.

(B) These amounts  include both  consolidating eliminations  and adjustments
for reporting  discontinued brokerage  operations as  described in  note (A)
above.

Additional information  concerning these  industry segments  is  included in
Item 1. (a).

</FN>
</TABLE>

(c) Narrative Description of Business

Included in Item 1.(a).

(d) Financial Information About  Foreign and Domestic  Operations and Export
Sales

Included in Item 1.(a).


                              ITEM 2. PROPERTIES


The Company  leases  approximately 72,000  square  feet of  office  space in
Austin, Texas, for $477,600 per year plus taxes, insurance, maintenance, and
other operating costs. This lease expires in 2000.

The Company's  brokerage  subsidiary, The  Westcap  Corporation, leases  its
office facilities in Houston, Texas, under a lease which terminates in 1997.
The total leased space is approximately 4,200 square feet. The annual lease
costs will be  approximately $74,000 and $35,000 in 1996 and  1997, 
respectively.


                           ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On March 28, 1994,  the Community College  District No. 508,  County of Cook
and State of Illinois  (The City Colleges)  filed a complaint  in the United
States District  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of  Illinois,  Eastern
Division, against National Western Life Insurance  Company (the Company) and
subsidiaries of  The  Westcap Corporation.    The suit  seeks  rescission of
securities purchase transactions by  The City Colleges  from Westcap between
September 9,  1993  and  November  3,  1993, alleged  compensatory  damages,
punitive damages,  injunctive relief,  declaratory relief, fees,  and costs.
National  Western  is  named  as  a  "controlling  person"  of  the  Westcap
defendants.  On February  1, 1995, the complaint  was amended to  add a RICO
count for treble damages and claims under  the Texas securities and consumer
fraud laws, and to add  additional defendants.  Westcap  and the Company are
of the opinions that Westcap has adequate documentation to validate all such
securities purchase transactions by The City  Colleges, and that Westcap and
the Company each  have adequate  defenses to the  litigation.   Although the
alleged damages would be  material to the Company's  and Westcap's financial
positions, a reasonable estimate of any actual  losses which may result from
this suit  cannot be  made at  this time.   A  judicial ruling  favorable to
Westcap has  been  made requiring  resolution  of the  suit  against Westcap
through binding arbitration.  The lawsuit  against the Company was suspended
pending  determination  of  the  arbitration   proceeding  against  Westcap.
Arbitration proceedings are currently set to begin in August, 1996.

On February  1,  1995,  the  San  Antonio  River  Authority (SARA)  filed  a
complaint in the 285th Judicial District Court, Bexar County, Texas, against
Kenneth William  Katzen (Katzen), Westcap  Securities,  L.P.,   The  Westcap
Corporation (Westcap),  and  National Western  Life  Insurance Company  (the
Company).  The  suit alleges  that Katzen  and Westcap  sold mortgage-backed
security derivatives to  SARA and  misrepresented these securities  to SARA.
The suit alleges  violations of the Federal Securities Act, Texas Securities
Act, Deceptive  Trade  Practices  Act,  breach  of  fiduciary  duty,  fraud,
negligence, breach of contract, and seeks attorney's  fees.   The Company is
named as a "controlling person" of the Westcap  defendants.  Westcap and the
Company are  of  the opinions  that  Westcap has  adequate  documentation to
validate all securities purchases by  SARA and that the  Company and Westcap
have adequate defenses to such suit.  Although  the alleged damages would be
material to Westcap's  financial  condition, a  reasonable  estimate of  any
actual losses which may result from this suit  cannot be made at this  time.
The Company and  Westcap have  denied all allegations  and the  parties have
initiated discovery.  The case is set for trial on April 8, 1996.

On June  9,  1995, Charles  McCutcheon,  as Sheriff  of  Palm Beach  County,
Florida, served The  Westcap Corporation, Westcap  Securities, Inc., Westcap
Government Securities,  Inc.,  individual  officers  and  directors  of  the
Westcap entities, and National Western Life  Insurance Company as defendants
with a complaint filed in the U.S. District  Court for the Southern District
of Florida.  The Complaint alleges that the Westcap entities improperly sold
certain derivative securities to the Plaintiff and did not disclose the high
risk of these  securities to  the Plaintiff,  who suffered  financial losses
from the investments.   The  Company is  sued as  a "controlling  person" of
Westcap, and it is  alleged that the  Company is responsible  and liable for
the alleged wrongful conduct of  Westcap.  The suit  seeks rescission of the
investment transactions, alleged  damages,  punitive and  exemplary damages, 
attorneys' fees, and injunction.  On  October 13, 1995, the  U.S. District 
Judge ordered arbitration of Plaintiff's claims against the Westcap entities
and stayed all proceedings pending outcome of the arbitration.  Although
the alleged damages would be material to Westcap's financial condition, a
reasonable estimate of any actual losses which may result from this suit
cannot be made at this time.  The Company and Westcap deny the allegations  
and believe they  each have adequate defenses to such suit.

On July 5,  1995, San  Patricio County,  Texas, filed  suit in  the District
Court of San Patricio County, Texas, against National Western Life Insurance
Company (the Company) and its chief executive officer, Robert L. Moody.  The
suit arises  from derivative  investments purchased  by San  Patricio County
from Westcap  Securities,  L.P.  or  Westcap  Government  Securities,  Inc.,
affiliates of  The Westcap  Corporation,  a wholly owned  subsidiary  of the
Company.  The  suit alleges that  the Westcap affiliates  were controlled by
the Company and  Mr. Moody  and that  they are  responsible for  the alleged
wrongful acts of  the Westcap  affiliates in selling  the securities  to the
Plaintiff.  Plaintiff  alleges that  the Westcap affiliates  violated duties
and responsibilities  owed  to  the  Plaintiff  related  to  its  investment
recommendations and the  decisions made by  Plaintiff, and alleges  that the
Plaintiff was  financially damaged  by such  actions of  Westcap.   The suit
seeks rescission  of  the investment transactions  and  actual and  punitive  
damages of unspecified amounts.  Although the alleged damages would be 
material to Westcap's financial condition, a reasonable estimate of any actual
losses which may result from this suit cannot be made at this time.  The 
Company believes that  it has adequate defenses to such suit and denies the 
allegations.  The parties have initiated discovery.

On September  13,  1995,  Michigan  South  Central    Power Agency  filed  a
complaint in The  United States District  Court for the  Western District of
Michigan against  Westcap Securities  Investment, Inc.,  Westcap Securities,
L.P., Westcap Securities Management, Inc., The Westcap Corporation, National
Western Life Insurance Company (the  Company), and others.   The suit alleges
that salesmen of  Westcap sold  mortgage-backed securities to  the Plaintiff
and misrepresented  these  securities  in  violation  of Federal  and  state
securities laws and common law.   The  Company  is named  as  a "controlling
person" of  the Westcap  defendants.   Westcap and  the  Company are  of the
opinions that they have adequate defenses to the suit.  Although the alleged
damages would be material to Westcap's financial condition, a reasonable 
estimate of  any actual losses  which may result  from the suit cannot be 
made at this time.  The Company and Westcap deny all allegations.

The Westcap Corporation and Westcap Securities,  L.P. are also defendants in
several other pending lawsuits which  have arisen in the  ordinary course of
its business.   Westcap Securities, L.P.  has also been  notified of several
arbitration  claims  filed  with  the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers.  After reviewing the lawsuits  and arbitration filings with outside
counsel, management believes it has adequate defenses to each of the claims.

Although the  alleged  damages for  all  of the  above-described suits  and
arbitration claims  would  be material  to  the financial  positions  of the
Company and The Westcap Corporation, a  reasonable estimate of actual losses
which may  result from  any of  these claims  cannot be  made at  this time.
Accordingly, no  provision  for any  liability  that may  result  from these
actions has been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. 

No other legal  proceedings presently pending  by or against  the Company or
its subsidiaries are described,  because management believes  the outcome of
such litigation should not have  a material adverse effect  on the financial
position of the Company or its subsidiaries taken as a whole.


                        ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE
                                  OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of the Company's security holders during
the fourth quarter of 1995.



                                        PART II

                     ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
                            AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

(a) Market Information

The principal market on which  the common stock of the  Company is traded is
The Nasdaq Stock  Market under  the symbol  NWLIA.  The  high and  low sales
prices for the common stock  for each quarter during the  last two years are
shown in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            High              Low

          <S>                           <C>    <C>           <C>

          1995:  First Quarter          $      39            32
                 Second Quarter                44            34-3/4
                 Third Quarter                 59            43
                 Fourth Quarter                61            46-1/2

          1994:  First Quarter          $      48            37        
                 Second Quarter                40-1/2        33-3/4  
                 Third Quarter                 38            34-1/4  
                 Fourth Quarter                38-1/4        30      

</TABLE>

(b) Equity Security Holders

The number of stockholders of record on December 31, 1995, was as follows:


<TABLE>

            <S>                         <C>

            Class A Common Stock        6,839
            Class B Common Stock            2

</TABLE>


(c) Dividends

The Company has never  paid cash dividends  on its common  stock. Payment of
dividends is within the discretion  of the Company's Board  of Directors and
will depend  on  factors such  as  earnings, capital  requirements,  and the
operating and financial condition  of the Company.  Presently, the Company's
capital requirements  are  such  that  it  intends  to  follow a  policy  of
retaining any earnings in order  to finance the development  of business and
to meet increased regulatory requirements for capital.


                      ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following five-year financial summary includes comparative amounts taken
from the audited financial  statements.  The results  have been reclassified
to reflect The Westcap Corporation as discontinued brokerage operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      Years Ended December 31,               
                           1995       1994       1993      1992      1991
                              (In thousands except per share amounts)

<S>                  <C>              <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
                    
Revenues:
Life and annuity       $    17,390       18,938       18,624       21,365          21,525
premiums
Universal life and
investment annuity 
contract revenues           69,783       64,711       67,778       56,543          44,627
Net investment income      201,816      190,021      180,252      184,149         176,443
Other income                   661        1,462        1,847          616             848
Realized gains
(losses) on
investments                 (2,415)       1,626        3,206       15,710           9,360
Total revenues             287,235      276,758      271,707      278,383         252,803
Expenses:
Policyholder benfits        37,336       32,790       34,646       34,234          31,908
Amortization of
deferred policy
acquisition costs           33,675       32,131       33,159       25,085          16,852
Universal life and
investment annuity  
contract interest          142,940      129,064      130,875      135,792         143,018
Other insurance    
operating expenses          27,084       29,394       28,959       27,870          32,897
Total expenses             241,035      223,379      227,639      222,981         224,675
Federal income taxes        10,566       16,207       14,696       18,719           7,615
Earnings before 
cumulative effect of
change in accounting
principle and         
discontinued 
operations                  35,634       37,172       29,372       36,683          20,513
Cumulative effect 
of change in 
accounting for 
income taxes                   -            -          5,520          -            -   
Earnings (losses) 
from discontinued 
operations                 (16,350)      (2,936)      21,832       26,728           5,245
Net earnings           $    19,284       34,236       56,724       63,411          25,758

Per Share:

Earnings before
cumulative effect
of change in 
accounting 
principle and 
discontinued
operations             $    10.22         10.66         8.44        10.55           5.89
Cumulative effect 
of change in
accounting for
income taxes                  -             -           1.58           -             -   
Earnings (losses) 
from discontinued 
operations                  (4.69)        (0.84)        6.27          7.68          1.52
Net earnings           $     5.53          9.82        16.29         18.23          7.41


Total assets           $2,958,459     2,915,054    2,941,051     2,698,497     2,581,032

Total liabilities      $2,646,472     2,639,920    2,698,333     2,512,406     2,458,589

Stockholders' 
equity                 $  311,987       275,134      242,718       186,091       122,443

</TABLE>



                      ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                    OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

National Western  Life  Insurance  Company  is  a  life  insurance  company,
chartered  in  the  State  of  Colorado  in  1956,  and  doing  business  in
forty-three  states  and   the  District   of  Columbia.  It   also  accepts
applications from  and issues  policies to  residents of  Central  and South
American countries. These  policies are  accepted and  issued in  the United
States and accounted  for approximately 14%  of the Company's  total premium
revenues, universal life, and investment annuity  contract deposits in 1995.
The primary  products marketed  by the  Company are  its universal  life and
single and flexible premium annuity products. 

In addition  to the  life insurance  business, the  Company has  a brokerage
operations  segment  through  its  wholly   owned  subsidiary,  The  Westcap
Corporation. However, during 1995  The Westcap Corporation  closed its sales
offices and approved a plan to cease all brokerage operations.  Accordingly,
the brokerage segment is now reported  as discontinued operations throughout
this report and in the accompanying financial statements.


INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES

Investment Philosophy

The Company's investment philosophy  is to maintain  a diversified portfolio
of investment  grade  debt  and  equity  securities  that  provide  adequate
liquidity to  meet  policyholder  obligations and  other  cash  needs.   The
prevailing strategy within this philosophy is the intent to hold investments
in debt securities to maturity. However,  the Company manages its portfolio,
which entails monitoring and reacting to all components which affect changes
in the  price, value, or credit  rating of  investments  in debt  and equity
securities. 

Investments in debt and  equity securities are classified  and reported into
the following  categories:    held  to  maturity,  available for  sale,  and
trading.   The  reporting  category  chosen  for  the  Company's  securities
investments depends on various factors including the type and quality of the
particular security  and  how it  will  be incorporated  into  the Company's
overall  asset/liability  management  strategy.     At  December  31,  1995,
approximately 26% of the  Company's total debt and  equity securities, based
on fair values,  were classified  as securities available  for sale.   These
holdings provide flexibility to the Company to react to market opportunities
and conditions and  to practice  active management  within the  portfolio to
provide adequate liquidity to  meet policyholder obligations  and other cash
needs.  

Securities the Company  purchases with  the intent to  hold to  maturity are
classified as securities  held to maturity.  Because the Company  has strong
cash flows and  matches expected maturities  of assets and  liabilities, the
Company has the ability to hold the securities, as it would be unlikely that
forced sales  of securities  would be  required prior  to maturity  to cover
payments of  liabilities.  As  a result,  securities  held  to maturity  are
carried at  amortized  cost  less declines  in  value  that  are other  than
temporary. However, certain  situations may  change the Company's  intent to
hold a  particular security  to maturity,  the most  notable  of which  is a
deterioration in the issuer's creditworthiness.  Accordingly, a security may
be sold to avoid a further decline in realizable value when there has been a
significant change in the credit risk of the issuer. Securities that are held
for current resale  are  classified as  trading securities, as the intent is
to sell them, producing a  trading profit.  The Company does not maintain a 
portfolio of trading securities.

Securities that are  not classified  as either held  to maturity  or trading
securities are reported as  securities available for  sale. These securities
may be sold if market or other measurement factors change unexpectedly after
the securities were acquired. For example,  opportunities arise when factors
change that allow the Company to improve  the performance and credit quality
of the  investment  portfolio  by replacing  an  existing  security with  an
alternative security  while  still maintaining  an  appropriate matching  of
expected maturities of assets and liabilities. Examples of such improvements
are as follows: improving the yield earned on invested assets, improving the
credit  quality,  changing  the  duration  of  the  portfolio,  and  selling
securities in advance of anticipated calls  or other prepayments. Securities
available for sale  are reported  in the  Company's financial  statements at
fair value. Any  unrealized gains  or losses resulting  from changes  in the
fair value of the securities  are reflected as a  component of stockholders'
equity.

As an integral  part of its  investment philosophy, the  Company performs an
ongoing process  of monitoring  the creditworthiness  of issuers  within the
investment portfolio.  In  addition,  review  procedures  are  performed  on
securities that have had  significant declines in fair  value. The Company's
objective in  these circumstances  is to  determine if  the decline  in fair
value is due to changing market expectations regarding inflation and general
interest rates or other factors.

Additional review  procedures are  performed  on those  fair  value declines
which are  caused  by  factors  other  than  market  expectations  regarding
inflation and general interest rates. Specific  conditions of the issuer and
its ability to comply with all terms of the instrument are considered in the
evaluation of the realizable  value of the  investment. Information reviewed
in making this evaluation  would include the recent  operational results and
financial position  of the  issuer, information  about its  industry, recent
press releases, and other  available  data. If  evidence does  not  exist to
support a realizable value  equal to or  greater than the  carrying value of
the investment, such decline  in fair value  is determined to  be other than
temporary, and the carrying amount  is reduced to its  net realizable value.
The amount of the reduction is reported as a realized loss. 

The Company's overall conservative investment philosophy is reflected in the
allocation of  investments of  its  insurance operations  which  is detailed
below as  of  December 31,  1995  and  1994.   The  Company emphasizes  debt
securities, with smaller holdings  in mortgage  loans and  real  estate than
industry averages.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Percent of Insurance
                                        Operations Investments
                                        1995              1994

<S>                                    <C>               <C>   

Debt securities                         84.5 %            82.5 %
Mortgage loans                           7.3               8.1
Policy loans                             5.6               6.5
Equity securities                        1.0               1.1
Real Estate                              0.7               0.8
Other                                    0.9               1.0

Totals                                 100.0 %           100.0 %

</TABLE>

Portfolio Analysis

At December 31, 1995, securities held to maturity totaled $1.643  billion, or
62.6% of total  invested assets.   The  fair value  of these  securities was
$1.726 billion, which  reflects gross unrealized  gains of $83 million.  The
unrealized gains  within  this portfolio  result  from  decreases in  market
interest rates during  1995.   The unrealized  gains have  no effect  on the
Company's financial statements, as securities held to  maturity are recorded
at amortized cost.  

Securities available for sale totaled $601 million  at December 31, 1995, or
22.9% of total  invested assets.   Equity securities, which  are included in
securities available  for sale,  continue  to be  a small  component  of the
Company's total investment portfolio totaling only  $26 million.  Securities
available for sale are reported in  the accompanying financial statements at
fair value, with  changes in  values  reported as  a  separate component  of
stockholders' equity.  Net unrealized gains, net of adjustments for deferred
policy acquisition  costs and  Federal income  taxes,  on securities  in the
available for sale  category at December  31, 1995, totaled  $12 million and
are reflected as a component of stockholders' equity.

As described in the notes in the  accompanying financial statements, on July
31, 1994, the Company transferred securities  with fair values totaling $805
million from securities available  for sale to securities  held to maturity.
On December  29, 1995, the Company  made additional transfers totaling  $156
million to the held to maturity category from securities available for sale.
The lower holdings  of securities  available for sale  significantly reduces
the Company's exposure to equity volatility while still providing securities
for liquidity and  asset/liability management purposes.     The transfers to
held to maturity  in 1994  and 1995  resulted in  locking in  net unrealized
gains which require subsequent amortization and had the following effects on
stockholders' equity:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)
                                                    as of December 31,
                                                  1995              1994
                                                      (In thousands)

<S>                                        <C>      <C>               <C>

Beginning unamortized gains 
from transfers                             $          941                -    

Net unrealized gains related to 
transfer of securities from 
available for sale to held 
to maturity                                         3,159             1,380
Amortization of net unrealized   
gains related to transferred 
securities                                           (931)             (439)

                                                    2,228               941

Ending unamortized gains 
from transfers                             $        3,169               941

</TABLE>

On December 29, 1995, the Company  also transferred securities totaling $284
million to the available for sale category from securities held to maturity.
This transfer resulted in an increase  to stockholder's equity of $4,266,000
as of December 31, 1995, net of effects of deferred policy acquisition costs
and taxes.  This transfer was made to restructure the Company's portfolio to
provide  increased  flexibility  for  both   portfolio  and  asset/liability
management.  Accounting principles typically do not allow transfers from the
held to maturity  category to the  available for sale   category except under
certain prescribed circumstances.  However, in 1995 the Financial Accounting
Standards  Board permitted a  one-time reassessment  by  companies of  their
securities classifications and allowed transfers out of the held to maturity
category without  regard to the  prescribed circumstances.  The reassessment
and any resulting transfers had to be completed by December 31, 1995. 

The Company maintains a diversified debt securities portfolio which consists
of various  types  of  fixed  income  securities  including  primarily  U.S.
government, public  utilities,  corporate, and  mortgage-backed  securities.
Investments  in  mortgage-backed  securities  include  U.S.  government  and
private  issue   mortgage-backed   pass-through   securities   as  well   as
collateralized mortgage  obligations (CMOs).  As  of December  31,  1995 and
1994, the Company's debt securities portfolio consisted of the following mix
of securities based on amortized cost:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Percent of
                                                    Debt Securities
                                                1995              1994

<S>                                             <C>              <C>   

Mortgage and asset-backed securities             40.6 %            47.6 %
Corporate                                        40.3              32.5
Public utilities                                 12.9              14.5
Foreign government                                2.2               1.3
States and political subdivisions                 2.2               2.5
U.S. government                                   1.8               1.6

Totals                                          100.0 %           100.0 %

</TABLE>

The amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  values  of  investments  in  debt
securities at December 31,  1995, by contractual maturity,  are shown below.
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers
may have the  right to call  or prepay obligations  with or without  call or
prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Amortized           Fair
                                                   Cost              Value
                                                       (In thousands)

<S>                                       <C>   <C>               <C>

Due in one year or less                   $         8,205             8,264
Due after one year through five years             109,919           112,928
Due after five years through ten years            853,549           898,249
Due after ten years                               323,043           352,239
                                                1,294,716         1,371,680

Mortgage-backed securities                        885,223           929,723

Totals                                    $     2,179,939         2,301,403

</TABLE>

Because expected  maturities  of  securities  may  differ  from  contractual
maturities due to prepayments and calls, the  Company takes steps to manage
and minimize such  risks.   In previous years,  the Company  has experienced
increased calls,  particularly  in the  public  utilities portfolio.    As a
result,  the  Company  has  been  increasing  its  holdings  in  noncallable
corporate securities.   Corporate  holdings as  a percentage  of  the entire
portfolio increased from 32.5% in 1994 to 40.3% in 1995.

The Company's  holdings of  mortgage-backed securities  are also  subject to
prepayment risk,  as  well as  extension  risk.   Both  of  these risks  are
addressed  by  specific  portfolio  management   strategies.    The  Company
substantially reduced  both  prepayment  and  extension  risks by  investing
primarily in collateralized mortgage obligations which have more predictable
cash flow patterns than pass-through securities.  These securities, known as
planned amortization class  I (PAC I)  CMOs, are  designed to amortize  in a
more predictable manner than other CMO classes or pass-throughs.  Using this
strategy, the Company can more effectively  manage and reduce prepayment and
extension risks, thereby helping to maintain the appropriate matching of the
Company's assets and liabilities.

PAC I CMOs now account for approximately 90% of the total CMO portfolio as of
December 31, 1995.   The  CMOs that  the Company  purchases are  modeled and
subjected to detailed,  comprehensive analysis  by the  Company's investment
staff before any investment decision is made.   The overall structure of the
entire CMO  is  evaluated,  and  an  average  life sensitivity  analysis  is
performed on  the individual  tranche  being considered  for  purchase under
increasing and decreasing interest  rate scenarios.   This analysis provides
information used in selecting  securities that fit  appropriately within the
Company's investment philosophy  and asset/liability  management parameters.
The Company's investment  mix between  mortgage-backed securities and  other
fixed income securities helps effectively  balance prepayment, extension, and
credit risks.

In addition to  managing prepayment, extension, and call risks,  the Company
continues to concentrate on improving the  credit quality of its investments
in debt securities.  Much attention is often  placed on a company's holdings
of below  investment grade  debt securities,  as these  securities generally
have greater default  risk than higher  rated corporate debt.  These issuers
usually have high levels of  indebtedness and are more  sensitive to adverse
industry or  economic  conditions than  are  investment  grade issuers.  The
Company's small  holdings  of below  investment  grade  debt securities  are
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Below Investment
                                       Grade Debt Securities
                                                              % of
                              Carrying       Market         Invested
                               Value          Value          Assets
                                          (In thousands)

<S>                        <C>   <C>            <C>               <C>

December 31, 1995          $     14,244         14,567            0.5%

December 31, 1994          $     31,861         28,670            1.4%

December 31, 1993          $     24,261         24,223            1.1%

</TABLE>

The level  of investments  in debt  securities which  are  in default  as to
principal or  interest  payments  is  indicative  of the  Company's  minimal
holdings of below investment grade debt securities. At December 31, 1995 and
1994, securities with principal balances  totaling $3,575,000 and $2,415,000
were in default and on non-accrual status.

The Company's commitment to  high-quality investments in  debt securities is
also reflected  by  the portfolio  average  rating of  "Aa,"  which is  high
quality.   Allocation  of  investments  in  debt  securities  classified  in
accordance with the  highest rating  by a nationally  recognized statistical
rating organization  as  of  December  31,  1995,  is  provided below.    If
securities were  not rated  by one  of these  organizations,  the equivalent
classification  as  assigned  by  the   National  Association  of  Insurance
Commissioners was used.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Percent of
                                               Debt Securities

<S>                                                   <C>   

Aaa and U.S. government                                43.0 %
Aa                                                      4.3
A                                                      29.1
Baa                                                    22.4
Ba and other below investment grade                     0.7
Not rated                                               0.5

                                                      100.0 %

</TABLE>

MORTGAGE LOANS AND REAL ESTATE

Investment Philosophy

In general,  the  Company  seeks loans  on  high  quality, income  producing
properties such  as  shopping centers,  freestanding  retail stores,  office
buildings, industrial and  sales or  service facilities,  selected apartment
buildings, motels, and health care facilities.   The location of these loans
is typically  in growth  areas  that offer  a potential  for  property value
appreciation.  These growth areas are  found primarily in major metropolitan
areas, but  occasionally  in  selected  smaller  communities.   The  Company
currently seeks  loans  ranging from  $500,000  to  $11,000,000, with  terms
ranging from three to twenty-five  years, at interest rates  dictated by the
marketplace.

The Company seeks to  minimize the credit  and default risk  in its mortgage
loan portfolio through strict underwriting guidelines and diversification of
underlying property types and geographic  locations.   In  addition to being
secured by  the  property,  mortgage loans  with  leases  on the  underlying
property are  often  guaranteed by  the  lessee, in  which  case the  Company
approves the  loan  based  on  the credit  strength  of  the  lessee.   This
approach, implemented in 1991, has significantly improved the quality of the
Company's mortgage loan portfolio and reduced defaults.  

The Company's  level  of  mortgage loan  originations  declined  in 1995  to
approximately $18 million.   This is in comparison  to originations totaling
$30 million  and  $33  million  in  1994  and  1993, respectively.    Market
conditions in  1995  included a  decreasing  interest  rate environment  and
increasing competition.  As a result, mortgage loan originations declined in
1995, as the Company has maintained its  strict underwriting policies and its
commitment to quality loans.

The Company's  direct  investments  in real  estate  are  not a  significant
portion of its total investment  portfolio, and the majority  of real estate
owned was acquired through mortgage loan  foreclosures. However, the Company
is also currently  participating in several  real estate joint  ventures and
limited partnerships.  The joint ventures  and partnerships invest primarily
in income-producing retail properties.   While not a  significant portion of
the  Company's  investment   portfolio,  these  investments   have  produced
favorable  returns  to  date.     The  Company  has  no   current  plans  to
significantly increase  its investments  in real  estate in  the foreseeable
future.
 
Portfolio Analysis

The Company held net investments in mortgage loans totaling $191,674,000 and
$189,632,000, or 7.3%  and 8.1%  of total invested  assets, at  December 31,
1995 and 1994.  The loans  are real estate  mortgages, substantially  all of
which are related to  commercial properties and developments  and have fixed
interest rates.

The diversification of the  mortgage loan portfolio by  geographic region of
the United States and by property type as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, was
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               December 31,
                                         1995              1994

<S>                                      <C>              <C>   

West South Central                        54.0 %           55.8 %
Mountain                                  12.9             12.2
Pacific                                    9.4              9.7
South Atlantic                             9.2              8.4
East South Central                         4.3              4.5
East North Central                         3.9              2.9
All Other                                  6.3              6.5

Totals                                   100.0 %          100.0 %


<CAPTION>
                                              December 31,
                                         1995              1994

<S>                                      <C>              <C>   

Retail                                    67.0 %           64.6 %
Office                                    15.9             16.8
Hotel/Motel                                8.3              7.6
Apartment                                  3.1              4.5
Industrial                                 0.6              0.7
Residential                                0.4              0.4
Other Commercial                           4.7              5.4

Totals                                   100.0 %          100.0 %

</TABLE>
                                                                
As of December 31, 1995, the allowance for possible losses on mortgage loans
was  $5,668,000.    Additions  to  the   allowance  totaling  $307,000  were
recognized as realized losses on investments in the Company's 1994 financial
statements.  No additions were  made in 1995.   Management believes that the
allowance for possible  losses is  adequate. However, while  management uses
available information to recognize losses, future additions to the allowance
may be necessary  based on changes  in economic conditions,  particularly in
the West South Central region which includes Texas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, and
Arkansas, as this area  contains the highest concentrations  of the Company's
mortgage loans. 

The Company currently  places all  loans past  due three  months or  more on
non-accrual status, thus  recognizing no  interest income  on the  loans. At
December 31,  1995  and 1994,  the  Company had  approximately  $202,000 and
$2,292,000, respectively, of mortgage loan principal balances on non-accrual
status.  In addition to the non-accrual loans, the Company had mortgage loan
principal  balances   with   restructured   terms   totaling   approximately
$13,355,000 and  $13,123,000 at  December 31,  1995 and  1994, respectively.
For the years ended December  31, 1995 and 1994,  the reductions in interest
income due to non-accrual and restructured mortgage loans were not 
significant.

The contractual maturities  of mortgage loans  at December 31,  1995, are as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                Principal
                                                                   Due
                                                             (In thousands)

<S>                                                         <C>     <C>

Due in one year or less                                     $        10,128
Due after one year through five years                                32,494
Due after five years through ten years                              121,509
Due after ten years through fifteen years                            26,379
Due after fifteen years                                               7,484

Total                                                       $       197,994

</TABLE>

The Company  owns  real estate  that  was acquired  through  foreclosure and
through direct investment totaling approximately $19,066,000 and $17,766,000
at December 31,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  This  small concentration of
properties  represents  less  than  one  percent  of  the  Company's  entire
investment portfolio.    The  real  estate  holdings  consist  primarily  of
income-producing properties which  are being operated  by the Company.   The
Company recognized  operating income  on these  properties  of approximately
$404,000 for  the year  ended  December 31,  1995, and  operating  losses of
approximately $62,000 for  the year  ended December 31,  1994.   The Company
does not anticipate  significant changes in  these operating results  in the
near future.

The Company monitors the conditions and market values of these properties on
a regular basis.   Realized losses recognized  due to declines  in values of
properties totaled $882,000  and $318,000 for  the years ended  December 31,
1995 and  1994,  respectively.    The  Company  makes  repairs  and  capital
improvements to keep the properties in good condition and will continue this
maintenance as needed. 


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Summary of Consolidated Operations

A summary of operating results,  net of taxes, for  the years ended December
31, 1995, 1994, and 1993 is provided below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           Years Ended December 31,
                                       1995           1994          1993
                                     (In thousands except per share data)

<S>                               <C>   <C>           <C>           <C>

Revenues:
Insurance revenues excluding
realized gains (losses) 
on investments                    $     289,650       275,132       268,501
Realized gains (losses)
on investments                           (2,415)        1,626         3,206
Total revenues                    $     287,235       276,758       271,707

Earnings:

Earnings from insurance
operations                        $      37,203        36,115        27,288
Earnings (losses) from
discontinued 
brokerage operations                    (16,350)       (2,936)       21,832
Net realized gains (losses)
on investments                           (1,569)        1,057         2,084
Cumulative effect of change
in accounting
for income taxes                            -             -           5,520
Net earnings                      $      19,284        34,236        56,724

Earnings Per Share:
Earnings from insurance
operations                        $       10.67         10.36          7.84
Earnings (losses) from
discontinued brokerage 
operations                                (4.69)        (0.84)         6.27
Net realized gains (losses)  
on investments                            (0.45)         0.30          0.60
Cumulative effect of change  
in accounting
for income taxes                            -             -            1.58
Net earnings                      $        5.53          9.82         16.29

</TABLE>

Significant changes  and fluctuations  in income  and expense  items between
years are  described in  detail for  insurance and  brokerage  operations as
follows:

Insurance Operations

Insurance Operations Net Earnings:   Earnings from  insurance operations for
the year ended December  31, 1995, were $37,203,000  compared to $36,115,000
for 1994.    However,  1995 earnings  include  a  $5.7  million tax  benefit
resulting from the Company's subsidiary brokerage losses.  Earnings for 1994
include a  comparable  $2.9 million  tax  benefit.   The  tax benefits  were
recognized in accordance  with the  Company's tax allocation  agreement with
its subsidiaries.    Excluding the  tax  benefits,  earnings from  insurance
operations for 1995 were down $1.7 million from 1994 due primarily to higher
life  insurance  benefit  claims  and  other  policy  and  contract  related
expenses.   The higher  claims and  policy related  expenses  were partially
offset by  lower insurance  operating  expenses relating  to  state guaranty
association assessments.

Life and Annuity Premiums: This revenue  category represents the premiums on
traditional type products. However,  sales in most of  the Company's markets
currently consist  of  non-traditional  types  such  as universal  life  and
investment annuities.  The Company's current plans  are to continue to focus
the majority of its  product development and marketing  efforts on universal
life and  investment  annuities.   As  a result,  no  significant growth  is
anticipated for these premiums in the near future.

Universal Life and Investment Annuity Contract  Revenues: These revenues are
from the  Company's non-traditional  products, which  are universal  life and
investment annuities.  Revenues  from these  types  of  products consist  of
policy charges for  the cost  of insurance,  policy administration  fees, and
surrender charges assessed during the period.  These revenues decreased from
$67.8 million in 1993 to  $64.7 million in 1994 and  then increased to $69.8
million  in   1995.     More   specifically,  cost   of   insurance,  policy
administration fees, and other related revenues  have steadily increased each
year due to  continued sales of  non-traditional products which  continue to
increase the  Company's  policies  in  force.    However,  surrender  charge
revenues  were  significantly  higher  in  1993   due  to  increased  policy
surrenders.  This  accounts for  the majority of  the decrease  in universal
life and investment  annuity contract  revenues in  1994.   Overall revenues
were up in  1995 due  to increases  in cost of  insurance and  other related
revenues as previously described, even though surrender charge revenues were
not up significantly from 1994 and remained substantially below 1993 levels.

Actual universal  life and  investment  annuity deposits  collected  for the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993 are  detailed below.  Deposits
collected on these non-traditional products are not reflected as revenues in
the Company's  statements  of earnings,  as  they are  recorded  directly to
policyholder liabilities upon receipt, in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             Years Ended December 31,
                                         1995         1994          1993
                                                 (In thousands)

<S>                                <C>   <C>          <C>           <C>

Investment annuities               $     309,971      157,622        86,700
Universal life insurance                  68,464       64,760        67,060

Totals                             $     378,435      222,382       153,760

</TABLE>


Prior to 1993, most of the Company's  investment annuity production was from
the sale of  two-tier annuity products.   However,  in the third  quarter of
1992, the  Company  discontinued  sales of  all  two-tier  annuities due  to
declines  in  sales  and  certain   regulatory  issues  concerning  two-tier
products.   The  Company has  continued  to collect  additional  premiums on
existing two-tier annuities, which accounts for  the majority of the deposits
for investment  annuities  in  1993.   The  vast  majority  of the  two-tier
annuities were sold by a single independent marketing organization.  

Subsequent to  discontinuing the  two-tier  annuity sales,  the  Company set
goals to not only develop new annuity products  to replace the lost two-tier
production, but to diversify  and strengthen distribution  channels to avoid
dependence on its primary  independent marketing organization.   The Company
achieved this by developing new annuity products  in 1994 and by contracting
new marketing organizations  with extensive experience,  financial resources,
and success  in  marketing  annuities.   The  combination  of new  products,
primarily a single premium deferred annuity, and new marketing organizations
started to produce results in the latter half  of 1994 as annuity production
began to increase  significantly.   This increased production  has continued
into 1995 with annuity deposits increasing from $158 million in 1994 to $310
million in 1995, reflecting a 97% increase.

The majority of  the Company's universal  life insurance production  is from
the international market,  primarily Central  and South  American countries.
The Company has seen increased competition in the Central and South American
market in  recent years  causing production  growth to  slow.   However, the
Company has been accepting policies from foreign nationals for almost thirty
years and has developed strong relationships with carefully selected brokers
in the foreign countries.   This experience and strong broker relations have
enabled the  Company  to meet  the  increased competition  with  new product
enhancements and marketing efforts.  Such efforts have resulted in increased
universal life production once again  in 1995.  Deposits  for universal life
for both international and domestic  markets are up 5.7%  in 1995 from $64.8
million in 1994 to $68.5 million in 1995.

Net Investment Income:   During 1995,  net investment income  increased 6.2%
from 1994 while total invested  assets increased 12.0% for  the same period.
The increase in invested assets  was primarily due to  the increased annuity
production as previously  described.   The growth  in net  investment income
lagged the growth  in invested assets  for several reasons.   Interest rates
declined significantly  throughout 1995, resulting in  investments  in lower
yielding securities.   Also, net investment  income was up  significantly in
1994 due to yield and amortization adjustments on mortgage-backed securities
as more  fully described  below.   There were  no  significant corresponding
adjustments in 1995.  

Net investment income increased 5.4%  from $180.3 million in  1993 to $190.0
million in 1994.  Net  investment income was up  primarily due to  yield and
amortization adjustments  on  mortgage-backed  securities  and increases  in
invested assets.    The  yield and  amortization  adjustments  were made  in
accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting  Standards  No.  91,
"Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs  Associated with Originating or
Acquiring Loans and  Initial Direct Costs  of Leases."   The adjustments are
made to  reflect changes  in mortgage-backed  securities  prepayment levels,
caused by  changes in  market interest  rates, which  affect  average lives,
yields, and amortization periods of the securities.

Other Income:    The  Company  received  proceeds from  lawsuit  settlements
totaling $1,050,000 in 1993  which has been  reflected in other  income.  In
1984, certain employee participants in the Company's "Builders, Contractors,
and Employees  Retirement  Trust  and Pension  Plan"  (the  Plan) and  other
plaintiffs filed a  civil lawsuit against  the Company and  other defendants
with respect to  various Plan  matters, all as  previously disclosed  in the
Company's annual reports on Form  10-K.  The Company  settled the lawsuit in
1991 with payments to the  Internal Revenue Service and  participants in the
Plan.  Subsequent to this settlement, the Company filed suit against the law
firm which assisted in the development of the  Plan.  The Company also filed
suit, for  recovery  of  damages  incurred,  against  an  insurance  company
providing liability  coverage for  trustees of  the Plan.   Both  suits were
settled, with the Company receiving the proceeds as described above.

Also, as previously disclosed in the Company's  annual reports on Form 10-K,
the Company was a defendant in a lawsuit  seeking recovery of certain values
of life  insurance policies  pledged as  collateral for  debentures totaling
$8,000,000.  In early 1991, a court ruled that the collateral assignment was
not enforceable.  As a result, the Company  recorded a loss of $8,000,000 in
1990, as  the  debentures  were  no  longer  deemed  collateralized  by  the
insurance policies and their market value was zero  due to the insolvency of
the issuer.   The  Company appealed  the court  ruling  and also  recorded a
corresponding $8,000,000 liability for the potential  payment of this claim.
The Company had been accruing  an additional liability for  interest on this
$8,000,000 balance.  This lawsuit was  settled in September, 1993, resulting
in an  $11,500,000 payment  by  the Company.   The  Company's  total accrued
liability for  this claim  exceeded  the payment  by  approximately $670,000
which has been reflected as other income in 1993.  The Company also received
proceeds from  a  settlement  totaling  $955,000  for  recovery  of  damages
incurred related  to  this lawsuit.    These settlement  proceeds  have been
reflected as other income in 1994.

Realized Gains  and Losses  on  Investments: The  Company  recorded realized
losses totaling  $2.4 million  in 1995  compared to  realized gains  of $1.6
million and $3.2 million in 1994 and 1993, respectively.  The losses in 1995
were primarily from sales of investments in debt securities, the majority of
which were from  the Company's  remaining investments in  principal exchange
rate linked  securities.   The Company  made the  decision to  realize these
losses to obtain tax benefits related to the  losses which were scheduled to
expire on December 31, 1995.   The gains and losses in  1995, 1994, and 1993
are net of write-downs on real estate  and mortgage loans totaling $882,000,
$625,000, and  $3,360,000, respectively.   The  1993 gains  are also  net of
write-downs for  permanent  impairments on  investments  in debt  securities
totaling $6,329,000.

Life  and  Other  Policy  Benefits:     Expenses  in  1995   and  1993  were
significantly higher at $39.8  million and $36.3 million  than 1994 expenses
which totaled only $32.1  million.  The significant  fluctuation in expenses
is due to higher life insurance benefit claims and high policy surrenders on
traditional insurance  products  in  both 1995  and  1993.   Life  insurance
benefit claims, which accounted for the majority of the fluctuation, totaled
$24.6 million, $19.1  million, and  $21.3 million in  1995, 1994,  and 1993,
respectively.   The  1995 and  1993  expenses were  abnormally  high due  to
adverse claims  experience.    Throughout  the  Company's  history,  it  has
experienced both periods of higher and lower benefit claims in comparison to
Company averages.  Years 1995 and 1993 reflect such periods, as benefits were
significantly higher.    Such  deviations  are  not  uncommon  in  the  life
insurance industry and, over extended periods of time,  tend to be offset by
periods of more favorable claims experience.

Amortization of  Deferred  Policy  Acquisition  Costs:   This  expense  item
represents the  amortization  of the  costs  of acquiring  or  producing new
business, which consists primarily  of agents' commissions.   The majority of
such costs are amortized in direct relation  to the anticipated future gross
profits of the applicable blocks of business.  Amortization is also impacted
by the level of  policy surrenders.   Amortization for 1995,  1994, and 1993
has been relatively  consistent at  $33.7 million,  $32.1 million, and $33.2
million, respectively.  The higher amortization  in 1995 and 1993 correlates
to increased policy surrenders in those years.

Universal Life and  Investment Annuity  Contract Interest:   Prior  to 1995,
interest expense declined steadily as amounts totaled $129.1 million, $130.9
million, and  $135.8 million  for 1994, 1993, and  1992, respectively.   This
decline was due to the lowering of credited interest rates on most universal
life and  investment annuity  products throughout  these years.   Additional
interest costs related  to increasing  business was  not significant, as the
policy liabilities remained relatively constant over  those years.  However,
in  the  latter  part   of  1994,  annuity  production   began  to  increase
significantly, which  continued  through  1995.    This increase  in  annuity
deposits resulted  in  corresponding  increases  in  policy liabilities  and
significantly higher  interest  costs  in 1995.    Also,  the Company's  new
annuity products typically credit significantly higher interest rates in the
first policy year, again resulting in higher 1995 interest costs.

The Company  closely  monitors  its  credited  interest  rates, taking  into
consideration such  factors as  profitability goals,  policyholder benefits,
product  marketability,  and   economic  market   conditions.     Rates  are
established or adjusted after careful consideration  and evaluation of these
factors against established objectives.

Other Insurance Operating Expenses:   These expenses  totaled $27.1 million,
$29.4 million,  and  $29.0 million  for  1995, 1994, and  1993, respectively.
Although these  expenses  are  relatively  comparable  between years,  these
amounts include significant expenses for guaranty association assessments. 

National Western  Life  Insurance  Company  is  subject  to  state  guaranty
association assessments  in  all  states  in  which  it  is licensed  to  do
business.  These associations generally guarantee certain levels of benefits
payable to resident  policyholders of  insolvent insurance companies.   Most
states allow premium tax credits  for all or a  portion of such assessments,
thereby allowing  potential  recovery of  these  payments over  a  period of
years.  However,  several states do  not allow  such credits.   In December,
1995 and  1994,  the  National Organization  of  Life  and Health  Insurance
Guaranty Associations published  revised assessment data  on nationwide life
and health insurance company  insolvencies.  Based on  this information, the
Company revised its  estimates for  assessment liabilities relating  to such
insolvencies.  The Company will continue to monitor and revise its estimates
for assessments  as  additional information  becomes  available, which  could
result in additional  expense charges.   Other insurance  operating expenses
related  to  state  guaranty  association  assessments  totaled  $2,371,000,
$4,869,000, and $4,583,000  for the years  ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and
1993, respectively.  The lower  assessment expenses in 1995  are the primary
reason for  the  lower overall  insurance  operating expenses  for  the same
period.

Discontinued Brokerage Operations

Effective July 17, 1995,  The Westcap Corporation, a  wholly owned brokerage
subsidiary of  National  Western Life  Insurance  Company, discontinued  all
sales and trading activities  in its Houston,  Texas, office.   At that time,
The Westcap  Corporation (Westcap)  continued its  corporate  operations and
small sales operations  in its  New Jersey office.   However,  in September,
1995, Westcap approved  a plan to  close the  remaining sales office  in New
Jersey and to cease all brokerage operations.

Declines in both sales revenues and earnings  were the principal reasons for
ceasing operations.  Increasing market interest  rates and resulting adverse
bond market conditions during 1994 and 1995 compared to previous years had a
negative impact on  the entire bond  brokerage industry.   These conditions,
coupled  with  adverse  publicity  about  litigation  related  to  sales  of
collateralized mortgage obligation  (CMO) products,  led to the  declines in
sales and  earnings.    The  publicity  surrounding  these  claims  made  it
extremely difficult  to  keep Westcap's  customer  base and  sales  force in
place.    Additionally,   because  much  publicity   characterizes  CMOs  as
derivatives, adverse  publicity about  derivatives impacted  the  market for
CMOs and decreased Westcap's prospects for future sales.

In connection with the plan to  cease brokerage operations, Westcap's assets
are being carried at their estimated fair value, and its liabilities include
estimated costs to  dispose of  assets and estimated  future costs  to cease
operations.   As a  result  of the  plan  and in  accordance  with generally
accepted accounting principles, the  assets and liabilities  of Westcap have
been  reclassified  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  to
separately identify  them  as assets  and  liabilities  of the  discontinued
operations.  

In previous years, Westcap has contributed significantly to the consolidated
earnings  of  National  Western  Life  Insurance  Company.    However,  more
recently, brokerage operations have produced losses due to the reasons cited
above.  A summary of net earnings and losses from brokerage operations since
1992 is provided below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                   Amounts in              Per
                                   Thousands              Share

<S>                        <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>

Years ended December 31:
     1995                  $         (16,350)     $         (4.69)
     1994                             (2,936)               (0.84)
     1993                             21,832                 6.27
     1992                             26,728                 7.68

</TABLE>

Losses from  the  discontinued  brokerage  operations  have  been  reflected
separately from continuing  operations of  the Company  in the  accompanying
consolidated financial statements.  The 1995  losses disclosed above include
estimated future  operating  losses  as well  as  estimated  costs to  cease
brokerage operations totaling $6,381,000  and have resulted  in the complete
write-off of the Company's investment in Westcap on a consolidated basis.  

Consolidated Federal Income Taxes

Federal Income  Taxes:  Federal  income  taxes  for  1995 on  earnings  from
continuing operations reflect an effective  tax rate of 23%.  The 1995
taxes are  lower than  the expected  statutory  rate of  35% due  to  a $5.7
million tax  benefit  resulting  from  the  Company's  subsidiary  brokerage
losses.    Correspondingly,  losses  on  discontinued  operations  for  1995
totaling $16,350,000  do  not  include  any  tax  benefits relating  to  the
brokerage subsidiary.   This tax reporting  treatment is in  accordance with
the Company's tax allocation agreement with its subsidiaries.  However, on a
consolidated basis, the Federal income taxes  reflect the expected effective
tax rate of 35% for 1995.

Federal income taxes  for 1994 on  earnings from continuing  operations also
reflect a low effective  tax rate, as such  taxes also include  a tax benefit
totaling $2.9  million  resulting from  the  Company's subsidiary  brokerage
losses.   Losses on  discontinued  operations for  1994  totaling $2,936,000
include Federal  income  taxes  of $2,983,000.    Again,  the tax  reporting
treatment is  in accordance  with  the tax  allocation  agreement previously
described, and  on a  consolidated basis,  Federal income  taxes  reflect an
effective tax rate of 35% for 1994.  

The Federal corporate tax  rate was increased  from 34% to  35% beginning in
1993.  The total  increase in 1993  Federal income taxes  resulting from the
change in rates was approximately $1,018,000.  

Cumulative Effect of  Change in Accounting  for Income Taxes:  In  February,
1992, the Financial  Accounting Standards  Board (FASB) issued  Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards  (SFAS)  No.  109,  "Accounting  for  Income
Taxes."   SFAS  No.  109  requires a  change  from  the  deferred method  of
accounting for income taxes of Accounting Principles Board Opinion 11 to the
asset and liability method of accounting for income  taxes.  Under the asset
and liability method  of SFAS No.  109, deferred tax  assets and liabilities
are recognized for the  future tax consequences  attributable to differences
between the  financial statement  carrying  amounts of  existing  assets and
liabilities and  their  respective  tax  bases.    Deferred tax  assets  and
liabilities are  measured  using  enacted tax  rates  expected  to apply  to
taxable income  in  the  years  in  which  those temporary  differences  are
expected to be  recovered or  settled.   Under SFAS No.  109, the  effect on
deferred tax assets and liabilities  of a change in  tax rates is recognized
in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company adopted SFAS No. 109 effective January  1, 1993.  The cumulative
effect of  this change  in  accounting for  income taxes  of  $5,520,000 was
determined as  of  January  1,  1993,  and  is  reported separately  in  the
statement of earnings for the year ended December 31, 1993.  


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity

The liquidity  requirements  of  the  Company  are  met primarily  by  funds
provided from operations. Premium deposits  and revenues, investment income,
and investment maturities are the primary sources of funds, while investment
purchases and  policy  benefits are  the  primary uses  of  funds.   Primary
sources of  liquidity  to  meet  cash  needs  are the  Company's  securities
available for sale portfolio, net cash provided  by operations, and bank line
of credit.  The Company's investments consist primarily of marketable debt 
securities that could be  readily converted to cash for liquidity needs.  
The Company may also  borrow up to $60 million on its bank line of credit 
for short-term cash needs.

A primary liquidity concern  for the Company's life  insurance operations is
the risk  of  early policyholder  withdrawals.    Consequently, the  Company
closely evaluates and manages  the risk of early  surrenders or withdrawals.
The Company includes provisions within annuity  and universal life insurance
policies, such as surrender charges, that help limit early withdrawals.  The
Company also prepares  cash flow  projections and  performs cash  flow tests
under various  market  interest  rate  scenarios  to  assist  in  evaluating
liquidity needs  and  adequacy.   The  Company  currently expects  available
liquidity sources and future  cash flows to  be adequate to  meet the demand
for funds.

In the past,  cash flows from  the Company's insurance  operations have been
more than  adequate  to  meet current  needs.    Cash  flows from  operating
activities were $99 million, $117  million, and $136 million  in 1995, 1994,
and 1993, respectively.   Lower  earnings from  brokerage operations  is the
primary  reason  for  the  decrease   in  cash  flows  in   1995  and  1994.
Additionally, net cash flows from the  Company's deposit product operations,
which includes universal life  and investment annuity  products, totaled $99
million in 1995.  These  operations incurred net cash outflows in 1994 and
1993 totaling $17 million  and $99 million, respectively.   The increase in  
cash flows in 1995 is  due  to increased  annuity  production as  previously  
described in "Results of  Operations."   The  Company expects this increased  
annuity production will continue through 1996, thereby enhancing cash flows.

The Company  also  has  significant  cash  flows  from  both  scheduled  and
unscheduled investment  security  maturities,  redemptions, and prepayments.
These cash  flows totaled  $69 million,  $133 million,  and $486  million in
1995, 1994, and 1993,  respectively.  The Company  again expects significant
cash flows from these sources in 1996 at levels similar to 1995 and 1994.

Capital Resources

The Company  relies on  stockholders' equity  for its  capital  resources, as
there has been no long-term  debt outstanding in 1995 or  recent years.  The
Company does not  anticipate the  need for  any long-term  debt in  the near
future.  There are also  no current or anticipated  material commitments for
capital expenditures in 1996.

Stockholders' equity totaled $312  million at December  31, 1995, reflecting
an increase of $37 million from 1994.   The increase in capital is primarily
from net earnings of $19  million and the change in  net unrealized gains on
investment securities totaling $17 million in 1995.   The decrease in market
interest  rates  during  1995  resulted  in   the  significant  increase  in
unrealized gains.   Book value per  share at  December 31, 1995, was $89.36,
reflecting a 13% increase for the year.


CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

In January, 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 120, "Accounting and Reporting by
Mutual Life Insurance Enterprises  and by Insurance  Enterprises for Certain
Long-Duration Participating Contracts."   Also, the  AICPA  has  established
accounting for certain participating life insurance contracts of mutual life
insurance enterprises in its  Statement of Position  (SOP) 95-1, "Accounting
for Certain Insurance Activities of Mutual Life Insurance Enterprises," that
should be  applied  to those contracts  that  meet  the  conditions in  this
statement.  This statement also permits  stock life insurance enterprises to
apply the provisions  of the SOP  to participating life  insurance contracts
that meet  certain conditions.    SFAS No.  120 is  effective  for financial
statements issued for fiscal years  beginning after December 15,  1995.  Due
to the Company's small level of participating life insurance contracts, this
statement will  have  no  significant  effects on  the  Company's  financial
statements.

The FASB  issued  SFAS No.  121,  "Accounting for  Impairment  of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed  of," in March,  1995.  The
statement  requires   that  long-lived   assets  and   certain  identifiable
intangibles to be  held and  used by  an entity  be reviewed  for impairment
whenever events  or  changes in  circumstances  indicate  that the  carrying
amount of an  asset may not  be recoverable.   Measurement of  an impairment
loss for  long-lived  assets and  identifiable  intangibles  that an  entity
expects to hold and use should be based on the fair value of the asset.  The
statement also  requires  that long-lived  assets  and certain  identifiable
intangibles to be disposed of be reported at the lower of carrying amount or
fair value less costs to sell.  

The Company's real estate  investments are the only significant assets  that
will be  subject  to  this  statement.    As  the  Company  already  records
foreclosed real estate  at the lower  of cost  or fair value  less estimated
costs to  sell,  the  implementation  of  this  statement will  not  have  a
significant effect  on the  Company's financial  statements.   The statement
will be implemented in the first quarter of 1996.

In October, 1995, the FASB issued SFAS  No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation."    This   statement  establishes  financial   accounting  and
reporting standards for stock-based employee compensation plans.  It defines
a fair  value  based method  of  accounting for  employee  stock options  or
similar equity instruments.  However,  it also allows an  entity to continue
to measure  compensation  cost for  plans  using the  intrinsic  value based
method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees."  Entities electing to continue applying the accounting
methods in Opinion  25 must  make pro  forma disclosures  of net  income and
earnings per share as if  the fair value based  method of accounting defined
in SFAS No. 123 had been applied.

Under the  fair value  based method,  compensation cost  is measured  at the
grant date  based on  the value  of  the award  and is  recognized  over the
service period, which  is usually  the vesting period.   For  stock options,
fair value  is determined  using  an option  pricing model  that  takes into
account various information  and assumptions  regarding the Company's  stock
and options.  Under the  intrinsic value based method,  compensation cost is
the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the stock at grant date or
other measurement date over the  amount an employee must  pay to acquire the
stock.  

The Company  anticipates  that  it will  continue to  apply  the  accounting
methods prescribed by Opinion 25 for its  existing stock and incentive plan.
Therefore,  the  implementation  of  this  statement  will  not  affect  the
Company's results of  operations.  However,  as required by  this statement,
disclosure information will be provided in the Company' financial statements
reflecting costs that  would have been  recorded under the  fair value based
method.  The statement will be implemented in 1996.


CURRENT REGULATORY ISSUES

Actuarial Guideline 33

In December,  1995,  the  National  Association  of Insurance  Commissioners
adopted  for   statutory  accounting   practices  Actuarial   Guideline  33,
previously referred to  as Actuarial Guideline GGG.  This reserve guideline,
which has not  been adopted  by any  states at this  time, helps  define the
minimum reserves  for  policies  with  multiple  benefit  streams,  such  as
two-tier annuities.

As of December 31, 1995, the Company's statutory reserving practices for
two-tier annuities follow an agreement reached in 1993 with its state of
domicile, Colorado.  This agreement requires the Company to phase-in a
different reserve basis by the end of 1996.  The agreement states the
acceptable difference between the target reserve and the statutory reserve
held by the Company will meet the following schedule:

<TABLE>

          <S>                           <C>

          December 31, 1995             $5,000,000
          December 31, 1996                  -

</TABLE>

The Company has  met the above  scheduled difference for  December 31, 1995.
However, in  1995, the  Company entered  into discussions with  the Colorado
Division of Insurance (the Division) to implement Actuarial Guideline 33 and
to phase it in  over a three-year period as  allowed by the  guideline.  In
January, 1996,  the  Division  approved the  proposal for  this  three-year
phase-in.  The effect  on the Company's statutory  financial statements will
not be  significant,  since  the previous  agreement  with  the Division  was
similar to the  final guideline.   Also, the  guideline does  not affect the
Company's policy  reserves  which  are  prepared  under  generally  accepted
accounting principles as reported in the accompanying  consolidated financial
statements.

Risk Based Capital Requirements

In  1993,  the  National  Association   of  Insurance  Commissioners  (NAIC)
established  new  risk-based  capital  (RBC)   requirements  to  help  state
regulators monitor the financial strength and  stability of life insurers by
identifying those companies that may be inadequately capitalized.  Under the
NAIC's requirements, each  insurer must maintain  its total capital  above a
calculated threshold or take  corrective measures to  achieve the threshold.
The threshold of  adequate capital  is based  on a  formula that  takes into
account  the  amount  of  risk  each  company  faces  on  its  products  and
investments.  The RBC formula  takes into consideration four  major areas of
risk which are:   (i) asset risk which  primarily focuses on  the quality of
investments; (ii) insurance  risk which encompasses  mortality and morbidity
risk; (iii)  interest  rate  risk  which  involves asset/liability  matching
issues; and (iv) other business risks.  

There continues  to  be  some public  pressure  for  insurance companies  to
publish their RBC  ratios or  levels.  However,  the legality  of publishing
such information is uncertain.   The American Institute  of Certified Public
Accountants (AICPA) released  an exposure draft  of a Statement  of Position
(SOP) which included requirements that  insurance companies disclose certain
information about their RBC levels.   This requirement was  deleted from the
final SOP  version  due  to questions  raised  about  the  legality of  such
disclosures.  Instead,  the AICPA decided  to consider  a separate SOP  at a
later date on RBC disclosures, after the legal  issues are resolved.  Due to
these unanswered legal issues, the Company has chosen not to publish its RBC
ratios or  levels.   However, the  Company's current  statutory  capital and
surplus is significantly in excess of the threshold RBC requirements.


            ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The information required by this item is  reported in Attachment A beginning
on page ____.  See  Index to Financial Statements and  Schedules on page ___
for a list of financial information included in Attachment A.


           ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
                   ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

There have been no changes in auditors  or disagreements with auditors which
are reportable pursuant to Item 304 of Regulation S-K.



                                  PART III

          ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

(a) Identification of Directors

The following information as of January 31,  1996, is furnished with respect
to each director. All terms expire in June of 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                       Principal Occupation During Last          First
Name of Director        Five Years and Directorships            Elected    Age

<S>                    <S>                                       <C>        <C>

Robert L. Moody        Chairman of the Board and Chief           1964       60
(1) (3) (4) (5)        Executive Officer of the Company;
                       Investments, Galveston, Texas

Ross R. Moody          President and Chief Operating             1981       33
(1) (3)                Officer of the Company, 
                       4/92-present; Vice President  -
                       Office of the President of 
                       the Company, 4/91 - 4/92
                       Austin, Texas

Arthur O. Dummer       President, The Donner Company             1980       62
(1) (2) (3)            Salt Lake City, Utah

Harry L. Edwards       Retired; Former President and Chief       1969       74
                       Operating Officer of the Company
                       until 7/90, Austin, Texas

E. Douglas McLeod      Director of Development, Moody            1979       54
(4)                    Foundation, Galveston, Texas

Charles D. Milos, Jr.  Senior Vice President of the              1981       50
(1) (3)                Company, Galveston, Texas

Frances A. Moody       Investments, Dallas, Texas,               1990       26
(4)                    1992 - present; Student, Southern
                       Methodist 
                       University, Dallas, Texas, 
                       1987-1992

Russell S. Moody       Investments, Austin, Texas                 1988      34
(4)

Louis E. Pauls, Jr.    President, Louis Pauls & Company;          1971      60
(2)                    Investments, Galveston, Texas

E. J. Pederson         Executive Vice President,                  1992      48
(2)                    The University of Texas
                       Medical Branch, Galveston, 
                       Texas

<FN>

(1) Member of  Executive Committee;   (2)  Member of  Audit Committee;   (3)
Member of Investment Committee; (4) Director of American National Insurance 
Company of Galveston, Texas; (5) Director of The Moody National Bank of G
alveston, Texas.

</FN>

</TABLE>

Family relationships  among  the directors  are:  Mr. Robert  Moody  and Mr.
McLeod are brothers-in-law and Mr. Robert Moody is the father of Ms. Frances
Moody, Mr. Ross Moody, and Mr. Russell Moody.

(b) Identification of Executive Officers

The following is a list of the Company's executive officers, their ages, and
their positions and offices as of January 31, 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



Name of Officer          Age          Position (Year elected to position)

<S>                       <C>   <S>                                 

Robert L. Moody           60    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                                Officer (1964-1968, 1971-1980, 1981), Director

Ross R. Moody             33    President and Chief Operating Officer (1992),
                                Director

Robert L. Busby, II       58    Senior Vice President  - Chief Administrative
                                Officer, Chief Financial Officer and 
                                Treasurer (1992)

Charles P. Baley          57    Senior Vice President - Data Processing 
                                (1990) 

Richard M. Edwards        43    Senior Vice President - International 
                                Marketing (1990)

Paul D. Facey             44    Senior Vice President - Chief Actuary (1992)

Charles D. Milos, Jr.     50    Senior Vice President - Investment  Analyst
                                (1990), Director 

Arthur W. Pickering       54    Senior Vice President - Domestic Marketing
                                (1994)

Patricia L. Scheuer       44    Senior Vice President -  Chief Investment
                                Officer (1992)

Larry D. White            50    Senior Vice President - Policyowner Services
                                (1990)

Robert J. Antonowich      49    Vice President - Marketing (1995)

Carol Jackson             60    Vice President - Human Resources (1990)

Vincent L. Kasch          34    Vice President - Controller and Assistant
                                Treasurer (1992)

James A. Kincl            66    Vice President - Salary Savings (1986)

Doris Kruse               50    Vice President - Policy Benefits (1990)

James R. Naiser           53    Vice President - Systems Development (1984)

James P. Payne            51    Vice President - Secretary (1994)

Al R. Steger              53    Vice President - Risk Selection (1992)

B. Ben Taylor             53    Vice President - Actuarial Services (1990)

</TABLE>

(c) Identification of Certain Significant Employees

None.

(d) Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among the  officers listed except that Mr.
Robert Moody is the father  of Mr. Ross Moody. There  are no arrangements or
understandings pursuant to which any officer  was elected. All officers hold
office for one  year and until  their successors are  elected and qualified,
unless otherwise specified by the Board of Directors.

(e) Business Experience

All of the executive officers listed above  have served in various executive
capacities with the Company for more than five  years, with the exception of
the following:

Mr. Ross Moody was a corporate financial analyst with Drexel Burnham Lambert
from 1986 to 1987 and was a graduate  student at the Harvard Business School
from 1987 to 1989. He also served as Director of Administrative Services for
American National Insurance Company from 1989 to 1991. 

Mr. Facey was Superintendent, Marketing, for Northern Life Assurance Company
of Canada from 1973-1985.  From 1985-1987, he was  Assistant Vice President,
Marketing and Actuarial Services  for Gerling Global  Life Insurance Company
in Toronto,  Canada,  and  from  1987  until  March,  1992 was  Director  of
Actuarial Services for Variable  Annuity Life Insurance  Company of Houston,
Texas. 

Mr. Pickering was Agency Vice President of the Western Division with Integon
Life Insurance Company from 1981 to  1987.  From 1987 to  1990, he served as
Regional Vice President of United Pacific Life  Insurance Company.  In 1990,
he began work  for Conseco/Western National  Life Insurance Company  as Vice
President Marketing until May, 1994.

Ms. Scheuer was a Management  Consultant for Deloitte, Haskins  & Sells from
1983-1984. From 1984-1988, she  was Senior Financial Analyst  with the Texas
Public Utility Commission. From 1988  until August, 1992, she  was the Fixed
Income Portfolio Manager for the Texas Permanent School Fund.

Mr. Antonowich  was  Regional  Vice President  of  Security  Life of  Denver
Insurance Company from 1982  to 1991.  From  1991 to December,  1993, he was
Vice President, Marketing, of  Guarantee Mutual Life Company,  and from 1994
to June, 1995, he was Senior Vice President,  Sales, of Lamar Life Insurance
Company.

Mr. Kasch was Staff Accountant  with Arthur Young &  Company from 1984-1985.
From 1985 until  January, 1991, he  was Senior Accountant  and Audit Manager
for KPMG Peat Marwick.

Mr. Payne was staff attorney with the  Kansas Insurance Department from 1972
to 1975.  From 1975-1983, he was Vice President, Secretary & General Counsel
for Lone Star Life Insurance Company; from 1983-1990, he was Vice President,
Secretary and  General  Counsel for  Reserve  Life  Insurance Company;  from
1990-1991 he was President and CEO of  Great Republic Insurance Company; and
from 1991-1993  he  was Vice  President  - Government  Relations  for United
American Insurance  Company.   From  1993  until October,  1994,  he was  in
private practice in Dallas, Texas.

Mr. Steger was Assistant Vice President-Chief Underwriter of Tower Life, San
Antonio, Texas from 1971 until December, 1991. 

(f) Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

There are  no events  pending,  or during  the  last five  years,  under any
bankruptcy act, criminal proceedings, judgments,  or injunctions material to
the evaluation of  the ability  and integrity of  any director  or executive
officer except as described below:

In January, 1994, a United States District  Court Judge vacated and withdrew
the judgment which had been  entered in Case No.  H-86-4269, W. Steve Smith,
Trustee vs. Shearn Moody, Jr., et al,  United States District  Court for the
Southern District  of  Texas.    The  Judge  also  dismissed the  case  with
prejudice.  The judgment  had been entered  against Robert L.  Moody and The
Moody National Bank  of Galveston, of  which he  was Chairman of  the Board.
Robert L.  Moody is  also Chairman  of the  Board  of National  Western Life
Insurance Company.   The case  arose out of  complex bankruptcy  and related
proceedings  involving  Robert   L.  Moody's  brother,   Shearn  Moody,  Jr.
Subsequently, a  global settlement  of  Shearn Moody,  Jr.'s  bankruptcy and
related legal proceedings was reached  and executed.  As  part of the global
settlement, the Bankruptcy Trustee recommended, and other interested parties
agreed not to oppose or object to, the  Judge's vacating and withdrawing the
judgment and dismissing the case  with prejudice.    This case and settlement
did not involve the Company and had no effect on its financial statements.




                         ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

(b) Summary Compensation Table

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  
                                                            Long Term
                                                          Compensation
                                                                   No. of    
                                       Annual        Restricted   Securities    All Other
                                    Compensation       Stock      Underlying    Compen-
     Name and                     Salary    Bonus      Awards      Options      sation
Principal Position        Year      (A)        (B)       (C)          (D)         (E)

<S>                       <C>    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>


1 Robert L. Moody         1995    967,696     91,616          -      25,000      111,533
  Chairman of the         1994    890,216     56,886          -          -        19,016
  Board and  Chief        1993    836,476    145,693     139,103         -        18,185
  Executive Officer                                      

  Ross R. Moody           1995    361,427     19,768          -      9,000        20,866
  President and           1994    311,977     12,267          -         -         14,543
  Chief Operating         1993    275,697     75,417      30,005        -         15,651
  Officer                                                       

3 Arthur W. Pickering     1995    109,181     77,654         -        2,500       14,845  
  Senior Vice             1994     64,654     61,250         -           -        70,340
  President -             1993        -           -          -           -            - 
  Domestic Marketing          

4 Robert L. Busby, III    1995    160,690     8,008          -        4,000        9,068
  Senior Vice             1994    151,877     9,969          -          -          9,773
  President-Chief         1993    136,882    12,727      12,155         -          9,346
  Administrative       
  Officer, Chief
  Financial Officer
  and Treasurer

5 Charles D. Milos, Jr.    1995   132,323     5,992          -        2,500       7,161
  Senior Vice              1994   128,815     3,718          -           -        7,561
  President-               1993   119,643    53,523       9,095          -        7,245
  Investment Analyst    

</TABLE>

Notes to Summary Compensation Table:

(A)  Salary  includes directors' fees  from National Western  Life Insurance
Company and its subsidiaries.

(B)  Bonuses include the following:

(1)  Stock Bonus Plan - During 1993 the Company implemented a one-time stock
bonus plan for all officers of the Company.  Class A common stock restricted
shares totaling 13,496  were granted to  officers based on  their individual
performance and  contribution to  the Company.   The  shares are  subject to
vesting requirements as reflected in the following schedule:

<TABLE>

          <S>                 <C>

          January 1, 1993     25%
          December 31, 1993   25%
          December 31, 1994   25%
          December 31, 1995   25%

</TABLE>

The resulting compensation from the vesting of  shares has been included in
the applicable year in the bonus column.  All of the 13,496 shares that were
granted have been issued and are outstanding as of December 31, 1995.

(2)  Westcap Bonuses - Ross R. Moody and Charles D. Milos, Jr., are directors
of the  Company's  brokerage  subsidiary,  The  Westcap  Corporation.    The
directors received bonuses for such services in 1993.

(3)   Other  Bonuses  -  Employment  and  performance  related  bonuses  are
occasionally granted.  Arthur W.  Pickering received such bonuses in 1995 and
1994 and Robert L. Busby, III received such bonuses in 1994.

(C)   Restricted stock awards include common  stock shares that were granted
as part of the stock bonus plan described in (1) above but had not vested as
of December 31, 1993.   Restricted stock holdings at  December 31, 1993, for
all  officers  totaled  6,666  shares  with  a  market  value  of  $296,637.
Restricted stock holdings for  the named executive officers  were as follows
at December 31, 1993:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     Shares            Value

   <S>                                <C>            <C>

   Robert L. Moody                    3,273      $   145,649
   Ross R. Moody                        706           31,417
   Robert L. Busby, III                 286           12,727
   Charles D. Milos, Jr.                214            9,523


</TABLE>

Of the remaining 6,666 unvested shares at December 31, 1993, 3,146 and 3,520
of such shares vested on  December 31, 1995 and  1994, respectively, and are
reflected as bonuses in those years.

(D)   Represents  stock  options granted  under  the  National Western  Life
Insurance Company 1995 Stock and Incentive Plan.

(E)  All other  compensation includes primarily  employer contributions made
to the Company's 401(k) Plan and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan on
behalf of the employee.


(c) Option/SAR Grants Table

During 1995 the Company adopted the  National Western Life Insurance Company
1995 Stock and Incentive Plan (the Plan).  The Plan is effective as of April
21, 1995, and will terminate on April 20, 2005, unless terminated earlier by
the Board of Directors.    The number  of shares of Class A,  $1.00 par value,
common stock  which may  be issued  under  the Plan,  or as  to  which stock
appreciation rights or other awards may be  granted, may not exceed 300,000.
These shares may be authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares.

All of the  employees of the  Company and  its subsidiaries are  eligible to
participate in the Plan.  In addition, directors  of the Company, other than
Compensation and Stock Option Committee members, are eligible for restricted
stock awards,  incentive  awards,  and  performance  awards.    Non-employee
directors, including members of the Compensation and Stock Option Committee,
are eligible  for non-discretionary  stock options.   On  May 19,  1995, the
Committee approved  the issuance  of 52,500  non-qualified stock  options to
selected officers  of  the  Company.    The  Committee  also  granted  7,000
non-qualified,  non-discretionary  stock  options  to  non-employee  Company
directors.  The stock  options begin to  vest following three  full years of
service to the Company after date of grant, with  20% of the options to vest
at the beginning of the fourth year of service, and with 20% thereof to vest
at the beginning of  each of the next  four years of service.   The exercise
price of the stock  options was set at  the fair market value  of the common
stock on the date of grant, May 19, 1995,  which was $38.125 per share.

Stock options granted  to the  named executive officers  during 1995  are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Potential
                                                                           Realizable
                                      % of                              Value at Assumed
                                     Total                                   Annual
                      Number of     Options                               Rates of Stock 
                     Securities   Granted to                           Price Appreciation
                     Underlying    Employee                              for Option Term
                       Options    in Fiscal   Exercise    Exporation
 Name                  Granted       Year        Price       Date          5%        10%

<S>                      <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>

1 Robert L. Moody        25,000      47.6%     $38.125     4-20-05    $599,411  $1,519,033

2 Ross R. Moody           9,000      17.1       38.125     4-20-05     215,788     546,852

3 Arthur W. Pickering     2,500       4.8       38.125     4-20-05      59,941     151,903

4 Robert L. Busby III     4,000       7.6       38.125     4-20-05      95,906     243,045

5 Charles D. Milos        2,500       4.8       38.125     4-20-05      59,941     151,903


</TABLE>

(d) Aggregated  Option/SAR Exercises  and Fiscal  Year-End  Option/SAR Value
Table
 
None.

(e) Long-Term Incentive Plan Awards Table

None.

(f) Defined Benefit or Actuarial Plan Disclosure

The Company currently has two employee defined benefit plans for the benefit
of its employees  and officers.  A brief description  and formulas  by which
benefits are determined for each of the plans are detailed as follows:

Qualified Defined Benefit  Plan - This plan covers all  full-time employees
and officers of the Company and provides benefits based on the participants'
years of service and compensation. The Company makes annual contributions to
the plan that  comply with  the minimum funding  provisions of  the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act. 

Annual pension benefits for those employees who became eligible participants
prior to January 1, 1991, are calculated as the sum of the following:

(1) 50% of  the participant's  final 5-year  average annual  compensation at
December 31,  1990,  less  50%  of  their  primary social  security  benefit
determined at December 31, 1990;  this net amount is  then prorated for less
than 15 years of benefit  service at normal retirement  date. This result is
multiplied by a fraction which is the participant's years of benefit service
at December 31, 1990, divided by the  participant's years of benefit service
at normal retirement date.

(2) 1.5%  of  the  participant's compensation  earned  during  each year  of
benefit service after December 31, 1990.

Annual pension benefits for those employees who become eligible participants
on or  subsequent  to January  1,  1991,  are calculated  as  1.5% of  their
compensation earned during each year of benefit service. 

Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan - This plan  covers those officers in the
position of senior vice president or above and other employees who have been
designated by the President of the Company as  being in the class of persons
who are  eligible  to  participate in  the  plan.  This  plan also  provides
benefits based  on  the participants'  years  of  service and  compensation.
However, no minimum funding standards are required.

The benefit to be paid pursuant to this Plan to a Participant who retires at
his normal retirement date shall be equal to (a) less (b) less (c) where:

(a) is the benefit which would have been payable at the participant's normal
retirement date under the terms of the Qualified  Defined Benefit Plan as of
December 31, 1990, as if that Plan had continued without change, and,

(b) is the  benefit which actually  becomes payable  under the terms  of the
Qualified Defined Benefit Plan at the  participant's normal retirement date,
and, 

(c) is the actuarially equivalent  life annuity which may  be provided by an
accumulation of  2%  of  the participant's  compensation  for  each year  of
service on or after January 1, 1991, accumulated at an assumed interest rate
of 8.5% to his normal retirement date.

In no event will  the benefit be greater  than the benefit  which would have
been payable  at normal  retirement date  under the  terms of  the Qualified
Defined Benefit Plan as of December 31, 1990,  as if that plan had continued
without change.

The estimated annual benefits  payable to the named  executive officers upon
retirement, at  normal retirement  age,  for the  Company's  defined benefit
plans are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                        Estimated Annual Benefits
                                 Qualified    Non-Qualified
                                  Defined        Defined
            Name                Benefit Plan   Benefit Plan      Totals

<S>                             <C> <C>            <C>            <C>

1  Robert L. Moody              $   125,335        317,317        442,652

2  Ross R. Moody                     83,243            -           83,243

3  Arthur W. Pickering               26,906            -           26,906

4  Robert L. Busby, III              47,132         18,599         65,731

5  Charles D. Milos, Jr.             44,032            -           44,032

</TABLE>

(g) Compensation of Directors

All directors of the Company  currently receive $12,000 a  year and $500 for
each board  meeting attended.  They are  also reimbursed  for  actual travel
expenses incurred in performing services as directors. An additional $500 is
paid for  each committee  meeting  attended. However,  a  director attending
multiple meetings on the same day receives only one meeting fee. The amounts
paid pursuant to these arrangements are included in the summary compensation
table under Item 11(b). The directors and  their dependents are also insured
under the Company's group insurance program.

During 1995 the Company adopted the  National Western Life Insurance Company
1995 Stock and Incentive Plan  ( the Plan), as more  fully described in Item
11(c).  Directors of  the Company, other than  Compensation and Stock Option
Committee members,  are  eligible  for  restricted  stock awards,  incentive
awards, and performance  awards.  Non-employee  directors, including members
of  the  Compensation and  Stock    Option   Committee,  are   eligible  for
non-discretionary stock options.   On  May 19, 1995,  the Committee approved
the issuance  of  7,000 non-qualified,  non-discretionary  stock options  to
non-employee Company  directors,  with  each such  director  receiving 1,000
stock options.  Directors who are also employees of the Company were granted
stock options as disclosed in the table in Item 11(c).

Directors of the  Company's subsidiary,  NWL Investments, Inc., receive $250
annually.   Directors'  fees  for  the  Company's  subsidiary,  The  Westcap
Corporation, have been suspended indefinitely.  No fees were paid in 1995.

(h) Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control
Arrangements

None. 

(i) Report on Repricing of Options/SARs

None. 

(j) Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The  Company's  Board   of  Directors  determines   and  approves  executive
compensation.   Mr. Robert  Moody, Mr.  Ross Moody,  and  Mr. Milos  serve as
directors and also  serve as  officers and  employees of  the Company.   The
Donner Company, 100%  owned by  Mr. Dummer,  who is  a director  of National
Western Life  Insurance Company,  was paid  $60,474 in  1995 pursuant  to an
agreement between The Donner Company and a reinsurance intermediary relating
to a reinsurance  contract between  the Company  and certain  life insurance
reinsurers.    No   compensation  committee  interlocks   exist  with  other
unaffiliated companies.

(k) Board Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation

The Company's  Board of  Directors performs  the functions  of  an executive
compensation  committee.  The  Board  is   responsible  for  developing  and
administering the policies that determine executive compensation.

Executive compensation, including that of the chief executive officer, is 
comprised primarily of a base  salary. The salary is adjusted annually based
on a performance review of the individual as well as the performance of the 
Company  as a  whole.  The president and chief executive officer make 
recommendations annually to the Board of Directors regarding such salary
adjustments. The review  encompasses the following factors:

- - contributions  to the  Company's short  and  long-term strategic
  goals, including  financial goals such as Company  revenues and
  earnings

- - achievement of specific  goals within the  individual's realm of
  responsibility

- - development of management and employees within the Company

- - performance of leadership within the industry


The policies  discussed  above are  reviewed  periodically by  the  Board of
Directors to ensure the  support of the Company's  overall business strategy
and to attract and retain key executives.

A separate Compensation  and Stock  Option Committee, comprised  of outside,
independent directors, determines  compensation for  the three  highest paid
Company executives.  The committee also performs various projects relating 
to executive compensaion at the request of the Board of Directors.  Those 
directors serving  on the committee  include the following:

          Arthur O. Dummer
          Harry L. Edwards
          E. J. Pederson

The policies used by the Compensation and Stock Option Committee in 
determining compensation are similar to those described above for all other 
Company executives.

(1) Performance Graph

The following graph  compares the change  in the Company's  cumulative total
stockholder return  on its  common stock  with the  NASDAQ -  U.S. Companies
Index and the NASDAQ Insurance Stock Index. The graph assumes that the value
of the investment in the  Company's common stock and each  index was $100 at
December 31, 1990, and that all dividends were reinvested. 

For the  purpose  of  this  electronic  filing,  the  graph has  been  filed
separately under the Securities and Exchange Commission filing Form SE dated
March 29, 1996.  The coordinates of the graph are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         12/31/90   12/31/91   12/31/92   12/31/93   12/31/94  12/31/95

<S>                         <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>

National Western Life       100.00     482.6     817.4     773.9     604.3     973.9

NASDAQ U.S. Companies 
Index                       100.00     160.5     186.9     214.5     209.7     296.5

NASDAQ Insurance Stock 
Index                       100.00     141.0     190.8     204.1     192.1     272.9

</TABLE>


                       ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
                          BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

(a) Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

Set forth below is certain financial  information concerning persons who are
known by the Company  to own beneficially more  than 5% of any  class of the
Company's common stock on December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



      Title          Name and Address    Amount and Nature of   Percent 
       of                   of           Beneficial Ownership      of
      Class         Beneficial Owners         Record and         Class
                                             Beneficially

<S>                 <S>                        <C>                <C>

Class A Common      Robert L. Moody            1,160,896          35.27
                    2302 Postoffice
                    Street Suite 702
                    Galveston, Texas

Class A Common      Westport Asset               326,700           9.93
                    Management, Inc.
                    253 Riverside Avenue
                    Westport, Connecticut

Class A Common      Tweedy Browne Company        288,128           8.75
                    52 Vanderbilt Avenue
                    New York, New York

Class B Common      Robert L. Moody              198,074          99.04
                    (same as above)

</TABLE>


(b) Security Ownership of Management

The following  table  sets  forth  as  of  December  31,  1995,  information
concerning the beneficial  ownership of  the Company's  common stock  by all
directors, named officers,  and all directors and officers of the Company as
a group:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              Title          Amount and Nature of   Percent
      Directors                of            Beneficial Ownership      of
    and Officers              Class               Record and         Class
                                                 Beneficially

<S>                      <S>                     <C>                <C>

Directors and Named Officers:
Robert L. Moody          Class A Common          1,160,896          35.27
                         Class B Common            198,074          99.04

Ross R. Moody            Class A Common              2,828           0.09
                         Class B Common                482           0.24

Charles D. Milos, Jr.    Class A Common                528           0.02
                         Class B Common                 -              -   

Directors:
Arthur O. Dummer         Class A Common                 10             -   
                         Class B Common                 -              -   

Harry L. Edwards         Class A Common                 20             -   
                         Class B Common                 -              -   

E. Douglas McLeod        Class A Common                 10             -   
                         Class B Common                 -              -   

Frances A. Moody         Class A Common              2,475           0.08
                         Class B Common                482           0.24

Russell S. Moody         Class A Common              2,475           0.08
                         Class B Common                482           0.24

Louis E. Pauls, Jr.      Class A Common                 10             -   
                         Class B Common                 -              -   

E. J. Pederson           Class A Common                100             -   
                         Class B Common                 -              -   

Named Officers:
Robert L. Busby, III     Class A Common                688           0.02
                         Class B Common                 -              -   

Arthur W. Pickering      Class A Common                 -              -   
                         Class B Common                 -              -   

All Directors and
Executive Officers       Class A Common          1,173,121          35.64
as a Group               Class B Common            199,520          99.76

</TABLE>

(c) Changes in Control

None.


          ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

(a)  Transactions with Management and Others

The Donner Company, 100%  owned by Mr. Arthur  Dummer, who is  a director of
National Western Life Insurance  Company, was paid $60,474  in 1995 pursuant
to an agreement  between The Donner  Company and a  reinsurance intermediary
relating to  a reinsurance  contract between  the Company  and  certain life
insurance reinsurers.

(b)  Certain Business Relationships

None.

(c)  Indebtedness of Management

Seal Fleet, Inc.

The Company holds a corporate note for  $500,000 which was originally issued
by Oceanographic and  Seismic Services, Inc.  (Oceanographic). Oceanographic
was later merged into Seal Fleet, Inc. The original note was renewed in 1976
and is  a  20-year  debenture  due in  August,  1996,  with  interest of  8%
annually.

The Company also  holds a corporate  note for  $2,168,232 issued in  1990 by
Seal (GP), Inc., which is a subsidiary of Seal Fleet, Inc. The note is due in
June, 2000, with  interest of 12%  payable monthly  and is secured  by first
preferred ship mortgages.  The note  was modified  during 1992  reducing the
interest rate from 12% to  10%. However, the additional  2% interest will be
payable upon maturity of the note. 

Seal Fleet, Inc., has two  classes of stock outstanding, Class  A and B. The
Class B shares  elect a majority  of the Board  of Directors of  Seal Fleet,
Inc. All of the  Class B shares  and 212,655 (9%)  of the Class  A shares of
Seal Fleet, Inc.,  are owned by  the Three  R Trust, Galveston,  Texas. This
Trust was  created by  Robert L.  Moody as  Settlor for  the benefit  of his
children. Three of his  children, Mr. Ross  R. Moody, Mr.  Russell S. Moody,
and Ms. Frances A. Moody are beneficiaries of the Three R Trust and are also
directors of National  Western Life  Insurance Company.  The Trustee  of the
Trust is Irwin M. Herz,  Jr., of Galveston, Texas.  Mr. Herz personally owns
10,932 (.5%) shares of the Class  A stock of Seal Fleet, Inc.  Mr. Herz is a
lawyer representing  the  Company, Mr.  Moody,  and several  of  Mr. Moody's
affiliated interests. Through  its Trustee, Mr.  Herz, the Three  R Trust is
considered to  be the  controlling stockholder  of Seal  Fleet, Inc.   Louis
Pauls, Jr.,  and  Russell  S. Moody,  directors  of  the  Company, are  also
directors of Seal Fleet, Inc.

Seal Fleet, Inc.,  and its  subsidiaries own, operate,  or lease  supply and
equipment  boats  for  off-shore  oil  and   gas  well  drilling  rigs.  The
consolidated audited  financial  statements of  Seal  Fleet,  Inc., and  its
subsidiaries for the fiscal  year ending December 31,  1995, reflected total
assets of $10,394,000,  net losses  of $116,000, and  negative stockholders'
equity of $3,621,000.

Gal-Tex Hotel Corporation

The Company  also  holds  three  mortgage  loans  issued  to  Gal-Tex  Hotel
Corporation, which is owned 50%  by the Libbie Shearn Moody  Trust and 50% by
The Moody Foundation.  The  first mortgage loan in  the amount of $3,040,000
was issued in 1988, will mature  in May of 1998, and  pays interest of 10.5%.
The loan is secured by property consisting of  a hotel located in Kingsport,
Tennessee.  The second mortgage loan in the  amount of $8,796,000 was issued
in 1994, will  mature in October  of 2004, and  pays interest of  8.75%.  The
loan is secured by property consisting of a hotel located in Houston, Texas.
The third mortgage loan in the amount of $2,000,000 was issued in 1995, will
mature in January of 2006, and  pays interest of 9%.  The  loan is secured by
property consisting of a hotel located in Woodstock, Virginia.  

The Company  is  the  beneficial  owner  of  a  life interest  (1/8  share),
previously owned  by Mr.  Robert L.  Moody, in  the  trust estate  of Libbie
Shearn Moody.   The trustee  of this  estate is The  Moody National  Bank of
Galveston.  The Moody Foundation is a private charitable foundation governed
by a Board of Trustees of  three members.  Mr. Robert L.  Moody and Mr. Ross
R. Moody are members of the Board of Trustees.

(d)  Transactions with Promoters

None.


                                     PART IV

                ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES,
                             AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) 1.  Listing of Financial Statements 

See Attachment  A,  Index to  Financial  Statements and  Schedules,  on page
______ for a list of financial statements included in this report.

(a) 2.  Listing of Financial Statement Schedules

See Attachment A, Index to Financial Statements  and Schedules, on page ____
for a list of financial statement schedules included in this report.

All other  schedules  are  omitted  because  they  are not  applicable,  not
required or because  the information required  by the schedule   is included
elsewhere in the financial statements or notes.

(a) 3. Listing of Exhibits

Exhibit 3(a)   -     Restated Articles of Incorporation  of National Western
          Life Insurance Company dated April  10, 1968 (filed on page  _____
          of this report).

Exhibit 3(b)   -    Amendment to the  Articles of Incorporation  of National
          Western Life Insurance Company dated July 29, 1971 (filed  on page
          ____ of this report).

Exhibit 3(c)   -    Amendment to the  Articles of Incorporation  of National
          Western Life Insurance Company dated  May 10, 1976 (filed on  page
          ____ of this report).

Exhibit 3(d)   -    Amendment to the  Articles of Incorporation  of National
          Western Life Insurance Company dated April 28, 1978 (filed on page
          ____ of this report).

Exhibit 3(e)   -    Amendment to the  Articles of Incorporation  of National
          Western Life Insurance Company  dated May 1,  1979 (filed on  page
          ____ of this report).

Exhibit 3(f)   -    Bylaws of  National  Western Life  Insurance  Company as
          amended through  April  24,  1987  (filed on  page  ____  of  this
          report).

Exhibit 10(a)  -    National Western  Life  Insurance Company  Non-Qualified
          Defined Benefit Plan dated  July 26, 1991  (filed on page ____  of
          this report).

Exhibit 10(b)  -    National Western Life Insurance  Company Officers' Stock
          Bonus Plan effective December 31, 1992 (incorporated  by reference
          to the Company's Form S-8 registration dated January 27, 1994).

Exhibit 10(c)  -  National Western Life Insurance Company Non-Qualified
          Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, dated 
          March 27, 1995 (filed on Page _____ of this report).
          

Exhibit 10(d)  -    First Amendment to the National Western Life Insurance
          Company Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan effective July 1,
          1995  (filed on page _____ of this report).

Exhibit 10(e)  -    National Western Life  Insurance Company 1995  Stock and
          Incentive Plan (filed on page _____ of this report).

Exhibit 21   -      Subsidiaries of the  Registrant (filed on  page _____ of
          this report).

Exhibit 27   -      Financial Data  Schedule (filed  electronically pursuant
          to Regulation S-K).

(b) Reports on Form 8-K

No reports on  Form 8-K  were filed  during the  quarter ended  December 31,
1995.

(c)  Exhibits

Exhibits required by Regulation S-K are listed as to location in the Listing
of Exhibits  in Item  14(a)3  above.   Exhibits  not referred  to  have been
omitted as inapplicable or not required.

(d)  Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedules  required by Regulation S-K  are listed as
to location in Attachment A, Index to Financial Statements and Schedules, on
page ____ of this report.



                                   ATTACHMENT A

                   Index to Financial Statements and Schedules

                                                                       Page

Independent Auditors' Report

Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 1995 and 1994

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31,
1995, 1994, and 1993

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'  Equity for the  years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993

Consolidated Statements of  Cash Flows for  the years  ended December
31, 1995, 1994, and 1993

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Schedule I - Summary of Investments Other Than Investments in Related
Parties, December 31, 1995

Schedule V - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not required
or because the information required by the schedule is included elsewhere
in the financial statements or notes.



                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
                                                                  

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
National Western Life Insurance Company
Austin, Texas

We have audited  the consolidated  financial statements of  National Western
Life Insurance Company and subsidiaries as listed in the accompanying index.
In connection with our  audits of the consolidated  financial statements, we
also have  audited  the  financial  statement  schedules  as listed  in  the
accompanying index.  These consolidated  financial statements  and financial
statement schedules are the responsibility of  the Company's management. Our
responsibility is  to express  an  opinion on  these  consolidated financial
statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with  generally accepted  auditing
standards. Those standards  require that  we plan and  perform the  audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the  financial statements are free
of material  misstatement. An  audit includes  examining, on  a  test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and
significant estimates made by management, as  well as evaluating the overall
financial statement  presentation.  We believe  that  our  audits provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our  opinion, the  consolidated  financial statements  referred  to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of National
Western Life Insurance  Company and  subsidiaries at  December 31,  1995 and
1994, and the results of  their operations and their cash  flows for each of
the years in  the three-year period  ended December 31,  1995, in conformity
with generally  accepted accounting  principles.  Also in  our  opinion, the
related financial statement  schedules, when  considered in relation  to the
basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in
all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in  Note 3, the  Company changed  its method of  accounting for
investments in debt and equity securities in 1994 to adopt the provisions of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No.  115, "Accounting for  Certain Investments in  Debt and
Equity Securities."  As discussed in Note 5,  the Company changed its method
of accounting for income taxes  in 1993 to adopt the  provisions of SFAS No.
109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."

                                                  


                               KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Austin, Texas
March 1, 1996








          NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                         December 31, 1995 and 1994
                               (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                     ASSETS                           1995          1994

<S>                                                <C> <C>           <C>

Cash and investments:
    Securities held to maturity, at 
    amortized cost
    (fair value: $1,726,469 and $1,488,063)        $   1,643,211     1,605,813
    Securities available for sale, at 
    fair value (cost:  $561,127 and $366,024)            600,794       354,300
    Mortgage loans, net of allowance for
    possible losses ($5,668 and $5,929)                  191,674       189,632
    Policy loans                                         147,923       151,487
    Other long-term investments                           30,970        24,872
    Cash and short-term investments                       10,024        17,723

Total cash and investments                             2,624,596     2,343,827

Accrued investment income                                 36,127        31,630
Deferred policy acquisition costs                        270,167       291,274
Other assets                                              21,392        16,266
Assets of discontinued operations                          6,177       232,057

                                                   $   2,958,459     2,915,054


<FN>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</FN>

</TABLE>



          NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                         December 31, 1995 and 1994
                  (In thousands except per share amounts)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY            1995          1994

<S>                                                 <C>              <C>

LIABILITIES:
    
Future policy benefits:
    Traditional life and annuity products           $    174,946       177,429
    Universal life and investment annuity     
    contracts                                          2,401,098     2,194,264
Other policyholder liabilities                            22,833        23,183
Federal income taxes payable: 
    Current                                                  413           -   
    Deferred                                              12,287         1,996
Other liabilities                                         28,718        27,718
Liabilities of discontinued operations                     6,177       215,330

Total liabilities                                      2,646,472     2,639,920


COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 
(Notes 4, 7, 9, and 15)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

Common stock:
    Class A - $1 par value; 7,500,000 
    shares authorized; 3,291,338
    and 3,288,192 shares issued and 
    outstanding in 1995 and 1994                           3,291         3,288
    Class B - $1 par value; 200,000 shares
    authorized, issued and outstanding 
    in 1995 and 1994                                         200           200
Additional paid-in capital                                24,647        24,475
Net unrealized gains (losses) on 
investment securities                                     15,195        (2,199)
Retained earnings                                        268,654       249,370
                                       
Total stockholders' equity                               311,987       275,134

                                                    $  2,958,459     2,915,054
<FN>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</FN>

</TABLE>




             NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
               For the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993
                     (In thousands except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  
  
                                               1995         1994        1993

<S>                                       <C> <C>         <C>          <C>

Premiums and other revenue:
    Life and annuity premiums             $    17,390      18,938       18,624
    Universal life and investment
    annuity contract revenues                  69,783      64,711       67,778
    Net investment income                     201,816     190,021      180,252
    Other income                                  661       1,462        1,847
    Realized gains (losses) on  
    investments                                (2,415)      1,626        3,206

Total premiums and other revenue              287,235     276,758      271,707

Benefits and expenses:
    Life and other policy benefits             39,823      32,132       36,257
    Increase (decrease) in liabilities
    for future policy benefits                 (2,487)        658       (1,611)
    Amortization of deferred policy
    acquisition costs                          33,675      32,131       33,159
    Universal life and investment
    annuity contract interest                 142,940     129,064      130,875
    Other insurance operating expenses         27,084      29,394       28,959

Total benefits and expenses                   241,035     223,379      227,639


Earnings before Federal income taxes,
cumulative effect of change in 
accounting principle, and
discontinued operations                        46,200      53,379       44,068
 
Provision (benefit) for Federal 
income taxes:
    Current                                     9,640      16,300       20,006
    Deferred                                      926         (93)      (5,310)

Total Federal income taxes                     10,566      16,207       14,696

Earnings before cumulative effect of 
change in accounting principle and
discontinued operations                        35,634      37,172       29,372

Cumulative effect of change in 
accounting for income taxes                        -           -         5,520
            
Earnings from continuing operations            35,634      37,172       34,892

<FN>

(Continued on next page)

</FN>                   

</TABLE>


             NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS, CONTINUED
               For the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993
                     (In thousands except per share amounts)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              1995         1994        1993

<S>                                        <C>             <C>          <C>

Discontinued operations:
    Earnings (losses) from operations
    of discontinued brokerage 
    operations (net of Federal income 
    taxes of $2,983 and $11,781 in 
    1994 and 1993)                         $   (9,969)     (2,936)      21,832

    Estimated loss on disposal of
    discontinued brokerage 
    operations                                 (6,381)        -            -

Earnings (losses) from 
discontinued operations                       (16,350)     (2,936)      21,832


Net earnings                               $   19,284      34,236       56,724


Earnings  per share of common stock:
    Earnings before cumulative effect
    of change in accounting principle 
    and discontinued operations            $    10.22       10.66         8.44

    Cumulative effect of change in 
    accounting for income taxes                    -           -          1.58
    Earnings (losses)  from      
    discontinued operations                     (4.69)      (0.84)        6.27  

Net earnings                               $     5.53        9.82        16.29


<FN>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</FN>

</TABLE>



             NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 For the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993
                                   (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




                                               1995         1994        1993

<S>                                     <C>  <C>         <C>          <C>

Common stock shares outstanding:
     Shares outstanding at beginning        
     of year                                   3,488       3,485        3,478
     Shares issued for stock 
     bonus plan                                    3           3            7

Shares outstanding at end of year              3,491       3,488        3,485

 

Common stock:
    Balance at beginning of year        $      3,488       3,485        3,478
    Shares issued for stock 
    bonus plan                                     3           3            7

Balance at end of year                         3,491       3,488        3,485

Additional paid-in capital:
    Balance at beginning of year              24,475      24,356       24,065
    Shares issued  for stock  
    bonus plan                                   172         119          291

Balance at end of year                        24,647      24,475       24,356


Net unrealized gains (losses) on
securities available for sale, 
net of effects of deferred
policy acquisition costs and taxes:
    Balance at beginning of year              (2,199)       (257)         138
    Effect of change in accounting
    for investments in debt and 
    equity securities                            -        26,610          - 
    Change in unrealized gains      
    (losses) during year                      15,166     (29,493)        (395)
    Net unrealized gains related to
    transfer of securities from 
    available for sale to held
    to maturity                                3,159       1,380           -
    Amortization of net unrealized
    gains related to transferred 
    securities                                  (931)       (439)          - 

Balance at end of year                        15,195      (2,199)        (257)


Retained earnings:

    Balance at beginning of year             249,370     215,134      158,410
    Net earnings                              19,284      34,236       56,724

Balance at end of year                       268,654     249,370      215,134

Total stockholders' equity              $    311,987     275,134      242,718

<FN>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</FN>

</TABLE>



              NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                For the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993
                                   (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     
                
                                               1995         1994        1993

<S>                                      <C>            <C>          <C>

Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net earnings                         $    19,284      34,236       56,724
    Adjustments to reconcile net
    earnings to net cash provided 
    by operating activities:
    Universal life and investment
    annuity contract interest                142,940     129,064      130,875
    Surrender charges                        (34,936)    (33,016)     (36,563)
    Realized (gains) losses on 
    investments                                2,415      (1,626)      (3,206)
    Accrual and amortization of 
    investment income                         (7,129)    (10,722)          30
    Depreciation and amortization                620         649          482
    Decrease (increase) in other
    assets                                       940       3,771       (3,184)
    Decrease (increase) in accrued    
    investment income                         (4,497)     (3,468)         959
    Decrease (increase) in deferred
    policy acquisition costs                 (12,018)      2,354       11,475
    Increase (decrease) in liability 
    for future policy benefits                (2,487)        658       (1,611)
    Increase (decrease) in other
    policyholder liabilities                    (350)     (1,028)       3,149
    Decrease in Federal income 
    taxes payable                             (4,180)     (9,222)     (11,096)
    Increase (decrease) in other 
    liabilities                               (1,781)      4,972      (12,314)
    Other                                        176         121          (74)

Net cash provided by operating                98,997     116,743      135,646
activities

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Proceeds from sales of: 
      Securities held to maturity             10,659         -            -   
      Securities available for sale           44,440       9,114          -   
      Investments in debt securities             -           -         77,869
      Other investments                        1,645      22,531        8,835
    Proceeds from maturities and
    redemptions of:
      Securities held to maturity             54,720      76,174          -   
      Securities available for sale           13,942      57,270          -   
      Investments in debt securities             -           -        485,818
   Purchases of:
      Securities held to maturity           (212,192)   (155,892)         -   
      Securities available for sale         (130,066)   (116,923)         -   
      Investments in debt securities             -           -       (576,403)
      Other investments                       (5,941)     (3,548)     (18,588)
    Principal payments on 
    mortgage loans                            15,952      29,431       16,971
    Cost of mortgage loans acquired          (18,125)    (30,093)     (33,393)
    Decrease in policy loans                   3,564       2,335        4,394
    Decrease (increase)  in assets of 
    discontinued operations                  225,880     140,244     (208,299)
    Increase (decrease) in liabilities
    of discontinued operations              (209,153)   (136,590)     206,799
    Other                                       (851)       (245)        (244)

Net cash used in investing activities       (205,526)   (106,192)     (36,241)
                                      
<FN>
                   
(Continued on next page)

</FN>

</TABLE>
                        


               NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS, CONTINUED
                 For the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993
                                   (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      
                
                                               1995         1994        1993
<S>                                     <C> <C>         <C>          <C>

Cash flows from financing activities:
    Deposits to account balances for
    universal life and investment 
    annuity contracts                   $    343,588     190,687      122,545
    Return of account balances on
    universal life and investment 
    annuity contracts                       (244,758)   (207,823)    (221,658)

Net cash provided by (used in) 
financing activities                          98,830     (17,136)     (99,113)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and
short-term investments                        (7,699)     (6,585)         292
Cash and short-term investments at
beginning of year                             17,723      24,308       24,016


Cash and short-term investments at 
end of year                             $     10,024      17,723       24,308


SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest                            $      3,740       9,134        4,468
    Income taxes                              15,129      26,332       32,992

Non-cash investing activities:
    Foreclosed mortgage loans           $        961       2,557        6,678
    Mortgage loans originated to
    facilitate the sale of 
    real estate                                1,105       2,655        2,684

<FN>          

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</FN>

</TABLE>





               NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(A) Principles of  Consolidation -  The accompanying consolidated  financial
statements include the accounts  of National Western  Life Insurance Company
and its wholly  owned subsidiaries  (the Company), The  Westcap Corporation,
NWL Investments,  Inc.,  NWL  Properties,  Inc.,  NWL  806 Main,  Inc.,  and
Commercial Adjusters, Inc.    Commercial Adjusters,  Inc., was  dissolved in
October, 1994,  and all  remaining assets  and liabilities  were  assumed by
National Western  Life Insurance  Company.   The Westcap  Corporation ceased
brokerage  operations  during  1995  and,  as  a  result,  is  reflected  as
discontinued operations  in  the  accompanying  financial  statements.   All
significant intercorporate transactions and accounts have been eliminated in
consolidation.

(B)  Basis  of  Presentation  -   The  accompanying  consolidated  financial
statements  have  been  prepared  in   conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles which requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, 
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods.  Actual results could
differ from those estimates.  Significant estimates included in the 
accompanying financial statements include (1) contingent liabilities related
to litigation, (2) recoverability of deferred policy acquisition costs,
(3) estimated losses related to discontinued operations, and (4) valuation
allowances for mortgage loans.

National  Western Life Insurance  Company also files financial  statements  
with  insurance  regulatory   authorities  which  are prepared  on  the  
basis   of  statutory  accounting   practices  which  are significantly 
different  from  financial statements  prepared  in accordance with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    These  differences  are
described in detail in the statutory information section of this note.

(C) Investments - Investments in debt  securities the Company purchases with
the intent  to  hold  to  maturity  are  classified  as securities  held  to
maturity. The Company has the ability to hold the securities, as it would be
unlikely that forced sales of securities would be required prior to maturity
to cover payments of liabilities.  As a result, securities  held to maturity
are carried at  amortized cost less  declines in  value that are  other than
temporary. 

Investments in  debt  and  equity  securities  that  are not  classified  as
securities held to maturity  are reported as securities  available for sale.
Securities available  for sale  are reported  in the  accompanying financial
statements at individual fair  value.  Any valuation  changes resulting from
changes in the fair value of the securities  are reflected as a component of
stockholders' equity.   These  unrealized gains  or losses  in stockholders'
equity are  reported  net  of  taxes  and  adjustments  to  deferred  policy
acquisition costs.

Transfers of securities between categories are recorded at fair value at the
date of  transfer.    Unrealized holding  gains  or  losses associated  with
transfers of securities  held to maturity  to securities available  for sale
are  recorded  as  a  separate  component  of  stockholders'  equity.    The
unrealized holding  gains  or losses  included  as a  separate  component of
equity for  securities  transferred  from  available  for  sale to  held  to
maturity are maintained and amortized into  earnings over the remaining life
of the security as  an adjustment to yield  in a manner  consistent with the
amortization or accretion of premium or discount on the associated security.

Premiums and  discounts  are amortized  or  accreted over  the  life of  the
related security  as an  adjustment to  yield using  the  effective interest
method.  Realized  gains and  losses for securities  available for  sale and
securities held to maturity are  included in earnings and  are derived using
the specific identification  method for  determining the cost  of securities
sold.  For securities available  for sale or securities  held to maturity, a
decline in the fair value below cost that  is deemed other than temporary is
charged to earnings, resulting in  the establishment of a  new cost basis for
the security.

Mortgage loans  and other  long-term investments  are stated  at  cost, less
unamortized discounts and allowances  for possible losses.  Policy loans are
stated  at  their  aggregate  unpaid  balances.   Real  estate  acquired  by
foreclosure is stated  at the  lower of  cost or  fair value  less estimated
costs to sell.

(D) Cash Equivalents  -  For purposes of the  statements of  cash flows, the
Company considers  all short-term  investments with  a maturity  at  date of
purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

(E) Insurance Revenues and Expenses -  Premiums on traditional life insurance
products are  recognized  as  revenues as  they  become  due  or, for  short
duration contracts,  over the  contract periods.  Benefits and  expenses are
matched with  premiums  in  arriving  at  profits  by providing  for  policy
benefits over the lives of the policies  and by amortizing acquisition costs
over the  premium-paying periods  of the  policies. For  universal  life and
investment annuity  contracts, revenues  consist of  policy charges  for the
cost of  insurance, policy  administration, and  surrender  charges assessed
during the period.  Expenses for these policies include interest credited to
policy account  balances and  benefit claims  incurred in  excess  of policy
account  balances.  The  related  deferred   policy  acquisition  costs  are
amortized in relation to the present value of  expected gross profits on the
policies.

(F) Federal Income Taxes - Federal income taxes are accounted for under the
asset and  liability method.   Under  this method,  deferred tax  assets and
liabilities are recognized for  the future tax  consequences attributable to
differences between  the financial  statement carrying  amounts  of existing
assets and liabilities and their respective tax  bases.  Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are  measured using enacted  tax rates expected  to apply to
taxable income  in  the  years  in  which  those temporary  differences  are
expected to be recovered or settled.  The  effect on deferred tax assets and
liabilities of a change in  tax rates is recognized in  income in the period
that includes the  enactment date.   A valuation allowance  for deferred tax
assets is provided if all or some portion of  the deferred tax asset may not
be realized.  An increase or decrease in  a valuation allowance that results
from a change in circumstances that affects the realizability of the related
deferred tax asset is included in income.

(G) Depreciation  of  Property,  Equipment,  and  Leasehold  Improvements -
Depreciation is based  on the estimated  useful lives  of the assets  and is
calculated  on  the  straight-line  and   accelerated  methods.    Leasehold
improvements are amortized  over the lesser  of the economic  useful life of
the improvement or the term of the lease.

(H) Earnings Per Share - Earnings per share of common stock are based on the
weighted average number  of such shares  outstanding during each  year.  The
weighted average  shares  outstanding  were  3,488,205  and  3,484,682,  and
3,481,233  for  the  years   ended  December  31,  1995,   1994,  and  1993,
respectively.

(I) Classification - Certain  reclassifications have been made  to the prior
years to  conform  to the  reporting  categories  used in  1995.   The  most
significant of these reclassifications relate to The Westcap Corporation and
its discontinued brokerage operations.  All  assets, liabilities, results of
operations, and cash flows of The Westcap Corporation for 1994 and 1993 have
been reclassified and reported separately as  discontinued operations in the
accompanying financial statements.

(J)  Statutory  Information  -  National  Western  Life  Insurance  Company,
domiciled in  Colorado,  prepares  its  statutory  financial  statements  in
accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Colorado
Division of Insurance.  Prescribed statutory  accounting practices include a
variety  of   publications  of   the  National   Association   of  Insurance
Commissioners (NAIC),  as  well  as  state  laws, regulations,  and  general
administrative rules.   Permitted  statutory accounting  practices encompass
all accounting practices not so prescribed.   Such practices may differ from
state to state, may differ  from company to company within  a state, and may
change in the  future.  The  NAIC currently is  in the process  of codifying
statutory  accounting  practices,  the  result  of   which  is  expected  to
constitute the  only source  of prescribed  statutory  accounting practices.
Accordingly, that  project will  likely change,  to some  extent, prescribed
statutory accounting practices and  may result in changes  to the accounting
practices that insurance companies use to  prepare their statutory financial
statements.  The following are major  differences between generally accepted
accounting principles  and  prescribed  or  permitted  statutory  accounting
practices.

1. The Company accounts for universal  life and investment annuity contracts
based on  the  provisions of  Statement  of  Financial Accounting  Standards
(SFAS) No.  97,  "Accounting  and  Reporting  by Insurance  Enterprises  for
Certain Long-Duration Contracts and  for Realized Gains and  Losses from the
Sale of  Investments." The  basic effect  of the  statement with  respect to
certain long-duration  contracts is  that  deposits for  universal  life and
investment annuity contracts are  not reflected as  revenues, and surrenders
and certain other benefit payments are not  reflected as expenses.  However,
statutory accounting  practices  do  reflect  such  items  as  revenues  and
expenses.

2.  Commissions  and  certain  expenses  related   to  policy  issuance  and
underwriting, all  of  which generally  vary  with and  are  related to  the
production of new  business, have  been deferred. For  traditional products,
these costs  are  being  amortized over  the  premium-paying  period of  the
related policies in  proportion to the  ratio of  the premium earned  to the
total  premium  revenue  anticipated,  using  the  same  assumptions  as  to
interest, mortality,  and  withdrawals  as  were  used  in  calculating  the
liability for  future policy  benefits.  For universal  life  and investment
annuity contracts,  these costs  are amortized  in relation  to  the present
value of expected  gross profits  on these  policies.  The Company evaluates
the recoverability of deferred policy acquisition costs on an annual basis. 
In this evaluation, the Company considers estimated future gross profits or
future premiums, as applicable for the type of contract.  The Company also
considers expected mortality, interest earned and credited rates, persistency, 
and expenses.   Statutory accounting practices require commissions and 
related costs to be expensed as incurred.

A summary of information  relative to deferred policy  acquisition costs and
premiums and deposits follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Years Ended December 31,
                                            1995         1994          1993
                                                    (In thousands)
<S>                                   <C>   <C>          <C>            <C>
                               
Costs deferred:
    Agents' commissions               $      42,904       27,177        19,038
    Other                                     2,790        2,600         2,646

                                      $      45,694       29,777        21,684

Amounts amortized                     $      33,675       32,131        33,159

Direct traditional life 
and other premiums                    $      24,801       24,919        26,070

Universal life insurance deposits     $      68,464       64,760        67,060

Investment annuity deposits           $     309,971      157,622        86,700

</TABLE>

3. Under generally accepted accounting principles,  the liability for future
policy benefits on traditional products has been calculated by the net level
method using assumptions as to future mortality  (based on the 1965-1970 and
1975-1980 Select and Ultimate mortality tables), interest ranging from 4% to
8%, and  withdrawals based  on Company  experience. For  universal  life and
investment annuity  contracts,  the  liability  for  future policy  benefits
represents the account balance.

4. Deferred  Federal income  taxes  are provided  for  temporary differences
which are recognized in the financial statements  in a different period than
for Federal  income tax  purposes.   Deferred  taxes are  not  recognized in
statutory accounting practices.   Also,  for statutory  accounting purposes,
the Company has recorded Federal income tax  receivables as permitted by the
Colorado Division of  Insurance.  The Federal income tax receivables related
to subsidiary losses have been recorded directly to surplus and were not
recorded in results of operations.  Prescribed  statutory accounting 
practices do not address the accounting for tax receivables.

5.  For statutory accounting purposes, debt securities are recorded at 
amortized cost, except for securities in or near default which are reported
at market value.

6. Investments  in subsidiaries  are recorded  at admitted  asset  value for
statutory purposes,  whereas the  financial statements  of  the subsidiaries
have been consolidated  with those of  the Company under  generally accepted
accounting principles.

7. The asset valuation  reserve and interest maintenance  reserve, which are
investment valuation reserves prescribed by  statutory accounting practices,
have been  eliminated, as  they are  not required  under  generally accepted
accounting principles.

8. The recorded value of the life interest  in the Libbie Shearn Moody Trust
(the Trust)  is  reported  at  its  initial  valuation, net  of  accumulated
amortization. The initial  valuation was  based on  the assumption  that the
Trust would provide  certain income  to the Company  at an  assumed interest
rate and is being amortized over 53 years, the life expectancy of Mr. Robert
L. Moody at the  date he contributed the  life interest to  the Company. For
statutory  accounting  purposes,  the  life  interest  has  been  valued  at
$26,400,000, which was computed as the present  value of the estimated future
income to  be  received from  the  Trust.   However,  this  amount is  being
amortized to  a  valuation  of  $12,774,000  over  a  seven-year  period  in
accordance  with  Colorado   Division  of  Insurance   permitted  accounting
requirements.    Prescribed   statutory  accounting  practices   provide  no
accounting guidance for  such asset.   The statutory admitted  value of this
life interest  at  December  31, 1995,  is  $20,561,000  in  comparison to  a
carrying value  of  $5,206,000 in  the  accompanying consolidated  financial
statements.

Reconciliations of statutory stockholders' equity, as included in the annual
statements filed with the Colorado Division  of Insurance, to the respective
amounts as reported  in the  accompanying consolidated  financial statements
prepared under generally accepted accounting principles are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                   Stockholders' Equity
                                                    as of December 31,
                                              1995         1994        1993
                                                      (In thousands)
                            
<S>                                     <C> <C>         <C>          <C>

Statutory equity                        $    236,884     212,063      182,876
Adjustments:
    Difference in valuation of
    investment in the Libbie 
    Shearn Moody Trust                       (15,355)    (17,021)     (17,911)
    Deferral of policy 
    acquisition costs                        270,167     291,274      287,711
    Adjustment of future 
    policy benefits                         (218,352)   (206,027)    (205,357)
    Deferred Federal income 
    taxes payable                            (12,287)     (1,996)      (3,078)
    Adjust securities available for  
    sale to fair value                        48,880     (10,469)      (1,080)
    Reversal of asset valuation
    reserve                                    4,002      10,197       13,225
    Reversal of interest maintenance
    reserve                                    5,991       4,922        2,222
    Reinstatement of non-admitted
    assets                                     2,429       2,468        3,134
    Valuation allowances on  
    investments                              (10,862)    (10,573)     (15,566)
    Adjustment for consolidation                 102         102       (3,664)
    Other, net                                   388         194          206

Generally accepted accounting
principles equity                       $    311,987     275,134      242,718

</TABLE>


Reconciliations of  statutory  net  earnings,  as  included  in  the  annual
statements filed with the Colorado Division  of Insurance, to the respective
amounts as reported  in the  accompanying consolidated  financial statements
prepared under generally accepted accounting principles are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                Net Earnings for the
                                                Years Ended December 31,
                                           1995         1994        1993
                                                   (In thousands)


<S>                                      <C> <C>          <C>         <C>

Statutory net earnings                   $    28,343      32,513       46,013
Subsidiary earnings (losses) before
deferred Federal income taxes                (17,594)     (3,806)      20,879
Consolidated statutory net earnings           10,749      28,707       66,892
Adjustments:
    Deferral of policy acquisition 
    costs                                     12,018      (2,354)     (11,475)
    Adjustment of future policy
    benefits                                 (12,325)       (671)      11,816
    Amortization of investment in
    Trust                                       (280)       (279)        (275)
    Benefit (provision) for deferred
    Federal income taxes                        (715)        108        5,675
    Valuation allowances and permanent
    impairment write-downs on 
    investments                                3,901       5,238        5,238
    Lawsuit settlements recorded as
    surplus adjustments for 
    statutory accounting                        (200)        955        1,620
    Subsidiary stock dividends                   -        (1,366)     (20,442)
    Increase (decrease) in interest     
    maintenance reserve                        1,069       2,700       (8,364)
    Cumulative effect of change in 
    accounting for income taxes                  -           -          5,520
    Other, net                                 5,067       1,198          519

Generally accepted accounting 
principles net earnings                  $    19,284      34,236       56,724

</TABLE>


(2) DEPOSITS WITH REGULATORY AUTHORITIES

The following  assets  were  on  deposit  with  state and  other  regulatory
authorities as required by law at the end of each year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                           December 31,
                                        1995         1994
                                          (In thousands)
                                     
<S>                             <C>      <C>          <C>

Debt securities                 $        28,184       62,413
Certificates of deposit                     210          210

Totals                          $        28,394       62,623

</TABLE>


(3) INVESTMENTS

(A) Investment Income

The major components of net investment income are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Years Ended December 31,
                                      1995         1994         1993
                                              (In thousands)
                                
<S>                             <C>  <C>           <C>         <C>
  
Investment income:
    Debt securities             $    165,879       154,417     144,218
    Mortgage loans                    19,644        19,839      18,450
    Policy loans                      11,018        10,546      11,962
    Other investment income            7,764         7,982       8,412
 
Total investment income              204,305       192,784     183,042
Investment expenses                    2,489         2,763       2,790
 
Net investment income           $    201,816       190,021     180,252

</TABLE>

Investments of  the  following amounts  were  non-income  producing for  the
preceding twelve months:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             December 31,
                                         1995           1994
                                            (In thousands)
                                
<S>                             <C>         <C>            <C>

Debt securities                  $          2,209          4,924
Equity securities                           1,896          1,549
Real estate                                 2,175          2,160

Totals                           $          6,280          8,633

</TABLE>


As of  December  31,  1995 and  1994,  investments  in  debt securities  and
mortgage loans with  principal balances  totaling $3,778,000  and $8,314,000
were on  non-accrual  status.  During 1995, 1994,  and  1993, reductions  in
interest  income   associated  with   non-performing  investments   in  debt
securities and mortgage loans were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Years Ended December 31,
                                       1995         1994         1993
                                               (In thousands)
                                
<S>                              <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>

Interest at contract rate        $        340          647        1,029
Interest income recognized                  4          184          123

Interest income not accrued      $        336          463          906

</TABLE>


(B) Investment Concentrations

Concentrations of credit risk arising from  mortgage loans exist in relation
to certain groups of customers.  A group  concentration arises when a number
of counterparties  have similar  economic characteristics  that  would cause
their ability to  meet contractual obligations  to be similarly  affected by
changes in  economic or  other  conditions.   The  Company does  not  have a
significant exposure to any individual customer  or counterparty.  The major
concentrations of  mortgage  loan  credit  risk  for  the Company  arise  by
geographic location in  the United States  and by property  type as detailed
below.  

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                              December 31,
                                         1995             1994
                                      
<S>                                       <C>              <C>   

West South Central                         54.0%            55.8%
Mountain                                   12.9             12.2
Pacific                                     9.4              9.7
All other                                  23.7             22.3

Totals                                    100.0 %          100.0 %

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                               December 31,
                                          1995             1994
 
<S>                                       <C>              <C>   

Retail                                     67.0 %           64.6 %
Office                                     15.9             16.8
Hotel/Motel                                 8.3              7.6
All other                                   8.8             11.0

Totals                                    100.0 %          100.0 %

</TABLE>


The Company held  in its  investment portfolio  below investment  grade debt
securities totaling  $14,244,000 and $31,861,000 at December 31, 1995 and 
1994, respectively. This represents approximately 0.5% and 1.4%  of  total  
invested  assets.  These  below investment  grade  debt securities often  
have  common  characteristics  in  that they  are  usually unsecured and are 
often subordinated  to other creditors of  the borrower or issuer. 
Additionally,  the  issuers  of  the  below  investment  grade  debt 
securities usually have high  levels of indebtedness and  are more sensitive
to adverse economic conditions. 

At December 31, 1995 and 1994, the Company held $4,966,000 and $8,948,000 of
residual interests  in  collateralized mortgage  obligations  (CMOs) in  its
investment  portfolio.  Investments  in  residual   interests  of  CMOs  are
securities that entitle  the Company to  the excess cash  flows arising from
the difference  between  the  cash  flows  required  to make  principal  and
interest payments on the related CMOs and the  actual cash flows received on
the underlying U.S. agency collateral included  in the CMO portfolios. Total
cash flows to be received  by the Company from  the residual interests could
differ from the projected cash flows resulting in changes in yield or losses
if prepayments vary from projections on the collateral underlying the CMOs.

At December  31,  1995  and  1994,  the  Company  had real  estate  totaling
$19,066,000 and  $17,766,000,  net  of  estimated  selling costs,  which  is
reflected in  other  long-term  investments  in  the accompanying  financial
statements. 

The Company had  no investments  in any entity,  except for  U.S. government
agency securities, in excess of 10% of  stockholders' equity at December 31,
1995. 


(C)  Investment Gains and Losses

The table  below  presents  realized  gains  and  losses  and  increases  or
decreases in unrealized gains on investments:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                             Net Realized     Increase
                                              Investment     (Decrease)
                                                Gains       in Unrealized
                                               (Losses)   Investment Gains
                                                    (In thousands)

<S>                                       <C>      <C>          <C>
                         
Year Ended December 31, 1995:
    Securities held to maturity           $           600        201,008
    Securities available for sale                  (2,599)        15,166
    Other                                            (416)        -      

Totals                                    $        (2,415)       216,174

Year Ended December 31, 1994:
    Securities held to maturity           $         1,632       (239,104)
    Securities available for sale                    (881)       (29,493)
    Other                                             875            -   

Totals                                    $         1,626       (268,597)

Year Ended December 31, 1993:
    Securities held to maturity           $         3,937         78,960
    Securities available for sale                   1,541           (395)
    Other                                          (2,272)           -   

Totals                                    $         3,206         78,565

</TABLE>


The tables below present amortized  cost and fair values  of securities held
to maturity and securities available for sale at December  31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                         Securities Held to Maturity
                                              Gross        Gross
                                Amortized   Unrealized  Unrealized      Fair
                                  Cost        Gains       Losses       Value
                                               (In thousands)

<S>                         <C>               <C>           <C>     <C>

Debt securities:
   U.S. Treasury  and
   other U.S. government
   corporations and 
   agencies                 $     35,764         262        -          36,026

   States and political 
   subdivisions                   47,574       3,737        -          51,311

   Foreign governments            48,286       3,030        -          51,316

   Public utilities              227,449      12,358          278     239,529

   Corporate                     774,134      43,724          438     817,420

   Mortgage-backed               510,004      21,391          528     530,867

Totals                      $  1,643,211      84,502        1,244   1,726,469

</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Securities Available for Sale
                                              Gross        Gross
                                Amortized   Unrealized  Unrealized      Fair
                                  Cost        Gains       Losses       Value
                                               (In thousands)

<S>                         <C>  <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>

Debt securities:
   U.S. Treasury and
   other U.S. government
   corporations and 
   agencies                 $      2,948         363          -         3,311

   Public utilities               54,677       3,543          790      57,430

   Corporate                     103,884      11,618          165     115,337

   Mortgage-backed               375,219      25,259        1,622     398,856
  
Equity securities                 24,399       2,434          973      25,860

Totals                      $    561,127      43,217        3,550     600,794

</TABLE>


The tables below present amortized  cost and fair values  of securities held
to maturity and securities available for sale at December 31, 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                          Securities Held to Maturity
                                               Gross        Gross
                                 Amortized   Unrealized  Unrealized      Fair
                                   Cost        Gains       Losses       Value
                                                 (In thousands)

<S>                          <C>                <C>       <C>       <C>

Debt securities:
   U.S. Treasury and
   other U.S. government 
   corporations and 
   agencies                  $     24,595          44         886      23,753 

   States and political
   subdivisions                    47,532         480       3,527      44,485

   Foreign governments             25,407           -       1,517      23,890

   Public utilities               272,478         722      22,807     250,393

   Corporate                      538,914       1,728      43,200     497,442

   Mortgage-backed                696,887       5,759      54,546     648,100

Totals                       $  1,605,813       8,733     126,483   1,488,063

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                         Securities Available for Sale
                                               Gross        Gross
                                 Amortized   Unrealized  Unrealized      Fair
                                   Cost        Gains       Losses       Value
                                                 (In thousands)

<S>                          <C>  <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>

Debt securities:
   U.S. Treasury and
   other U.S. government
   corporations and 
   agencies                  $      7,353          59        2,467       4,945

   Public utilities                10,263         155          918       9,500

   Corporate                       92,280         881        1,847      91,314

   Mortgage-backed                228,389       2,413        8,570     222,232
  
Equity securities                  27,739       1,382        2,812      26,309

Totals                       $    366,024       4,890       16,614     354,300

</TABLE>


The amortized  cost and  fair values  of investments  in debt  securities at
December 31,  1995,  by contractual  maturity,  are shown  below.   Expected
maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the right to call or  prepay obligations with or  without call or prepayment
penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Securities               Securities
                               Held to Maturity        Available for Sale
                            Amortized       Fair      Amortized      Fair
                               Cost        Value        Cost        Value
                                             (In thousands)

<S>                          <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>

Due in 1 year or less        $      7,923       7,978          282         286

Due after 1 year through 
5 years                            93,335      95,280       16,584      17,648

Due after 5 years through
10 years                          773,979     812,622       79,570      85,627

Due after 10 years                257,970     279,722       65,073      72,517
                                1,133,207   1,195,602      161,509     176,078

Mortgage-backed securities        510,004     530,867      375,219     398,856

Totals                       $  1,643,211   1,726,469      536,728     574,934

</TABLE>


Proceeds from sales of securities available  for sale  during 1995 and  1994
totaled $44,440,000 and $9,114,000, respectively.  Gross gains of $1,153,000
and $654,000 and gross losses of $3,752,000  and $1,535,000 were realized on
those sales during 1995  and 1994, respectively.     Proceeds from  sales of
investments in debt securities during 1993  were $77,869,000. Gross gains of
$12,966,000 and gross  losses of  $1,283,000 were  realized on  those sales,
respectively.    The  Company  uses the  specific  identification method  in
computing realized gains and losses. 

The Company  sold  three held  to  maturity securities  during  1995 due  to
significant credit deterioration of  the issuing companies.   Amortized cost
of the securities  sold totaled $10,727,000,  and realized losses  of $68,000
were recognized on the sales.

(D)  Changes in Accounting Principles

In May, 1993, the  Financial Accounting Standards Board  issued Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards  (SFAS)  No.  115,  "Accounting for  Certain
Investments in Debt  and Equity Securities."   This statement  addresses the
accounting and  reporting for  investments  in equity  securities  that have
readily determinable fair values and for  all investments in debt securities
as previously  described  in note  1.   The  Company  adopted SFAS  No.  115
effective January  1,  1994.    Upon  adoption,  approximately  60%  of  the
Company's insurance operations  debt securities were  reported as securities
available for  sale,  with the  remainder  classified as  securities  held to
maturity.  The Company's relatively small holdings of equity securities were
also reported as securities available for sale.

Upon adoption of the new statement,  certain related balance sheet accounts,
deferred Federal income taxes payable and deferred policy acquisition costs,
were adjusted as  if the  unrealized gains on  the securities  classified as
available for sale had actually been realized.   For the Company's universal
life and investment annuity contracts, deferred policy acquisition costs are
amortized in  relation to  the present  value of  expected gross  profits on
these  policies.    Accordingly,   under  SFAS  No.   115,  deferred  policy
acquisition costs are adjusted for the impact  on estimated gross profits of
net unrealized gains  and losses on  securities.  The  implementation of the
new statement  had no  effect  on net  earnings  of the  Company.   However,
stockholders' equity was adjusted as follows as of January 1, 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                          January 1,
                                                             1994
                                                        (In thousands)

<S>                                                    <C>     <C>

Fair value adjustment to investments in 
debt and equity securities                             $       93,788
Less:
    Decrease in deferred policy acquisition costs             (52,849)
    Increase in deferred Federal income taxes                 (14,329)

Effect of change in accounting for investments
in debt and equity securities                          $       26,610

</TABLE>

At July 31, 1994, the  Company transferred debt securities  with fair values
totaling $805 million from securities available  for sale to securities held
to maturity.  On  December 29, 1995,  the Company made  additional transfers
totaling $156  million to the  held to maturity  category   from  securities
available for sale.   The  lower holdings of  securities available  for sale
significantly reduces  the  Company's exposure  to  equity volatility  while
still providing  securities  for  liquidity  and asset/liability  management
purposes.   The transfers  of  securities were  recorded at  fair  values in
accordance with SFAS No. 115.   This statement requires  that the unrealized
holding gain or loss at the date of the  transfer continue to be reported in
a separate component of stockholders' equity but shall be amortized over the
remaining life  of  the security  as  an  adjustment of  yield  in a  manner
consistent  with  the  amortization  of  any   premium  or  discount.    The
amortization of an unrealized holding  gain or loss reported  in equity will
offset or mitigate the effect on interest income  of the amortization of the
premium or discount  for the held-to-maturity  securities.  The  transfer of
securities from available for sale to held to  maturity had no effect on net
earnings of  the Company.   However,  stockholders' equity  was  adjusted as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)
                                                        as of December 31,
                                                       1995            1994
                                                        (In thousands)

<S>                                             <C>     <C>             <C>

Beginning unamortized gains from transfers      $         941            -    

Net unrealized gains related to transfer of 
securities from available for sale to 
held to maturity                                        3,159           1,380
Amortization of net unrealized gains related
to transferred securities                                (931)           (439)

                                                        2,228             941

Ending unamortized gains from transfers         $       3,169             941

</TABLE>


Also on December 29, 1995, the  Company transferred securities totaling $284
million to the available for sale category from securities held to maturity.
This transfer resulted in an increase  to stockholder's equity of $4,266,000
as of December 31, 1995, net of effects of deferred policy acquisition costs
and taxes.  This transfer  was made to restructure  the Company's portfolio
to provide  increased  flexibility for  both  portfolio and  asset/liability
management.  Accounting principles typically do not allow transfers from the
held to maturity  category to the  available for sale   category except under
certain prescribed circumstances.  However, in 1995 the Financial Accounting
Standards Board permitted  a  one-time reassessment  by  companies of  their
securities classifications and allowed transfers out of the held to maturity
category  without regard to the prescribed circumstances.   The reassessment
and any resulting transfers had to be completed by December 31, 1995. 

Net  unrealized  gains   (losses)  on  investment   securities  included  in
stockholders' equity at December 31, 1995 and 1994 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      December 31,
                                                  1995           1994
                                                     (in thousands)

<S>                                        <C>     <C>            <C>

Gross unrealized gains                     $        43,217          4,890
Gross unrealized losses                             (3,550)       (16,614)
Adjustments for:
    Deferred policy acquisition costs              (21,166)         6,893
    Deferred Federal income taxes                   (6,475)         1,691

                                                    12,026         (3,140)

Net unrealized gain related to securities
transferred to held to maturity                      3,169            941

Net unrealized gains (losses) 
on investment securities                   $        15,195         (2,199)

</TABLE>


The Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  issued  SFAS  No. 114,
"Accounting by  Creditors for  Impairment of a  Loan," in May,  1993.    In
October, 1994, the FASB also  issued SFAS No. 118,  "Accounting by Creditors
for Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and Disclosures," which amends
SFAS No.  114.   These statements  address the  accounting by  creditors for
impairment of certain loans and related financial statement disclosures.  

The Company adopted both SFAS No. 114 and No. 118 effective January 1, 1995.
As  the Company  was already providing  for impairment  of loans through  an
allowance for possible losses,  the implementation of this  statement had no
significant effect on  the  Company's results of operations or stockholders'  
equity.  However, additional disclosures are  required by these  statements 
which are provided below.

As of December  31, 1995 and  1994, impaired  mortgage loans were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       1995         1994
                                                         (In thousands)

<S>                                            <C>       <C>         <C>

Impaired loans with allowance for losses       $         -            861
Allowance for losses                                     -           (261)
Impaired loans with no allowance for losses              -            379
     
Net impaired loans                             $         -            979

</TABLE>


For the  years ended  December  31, 1995  and 1994,  average  investments in
impaired mortgage loans were $234,000 and  $997,000, respectively.  Interest
income recognized on impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 1995
and 1994,  was not  significant.   Impaired  loans are  typically  placed on
non-accrual status and no interest  income is recognized.   However, if cash
is received on the impaired loan, it is applied to principal and interest on
past due payments,  beginning with  the most  delinquent payment.   Detailed
below are the  changes in  the allowance  for mortgage  loan losses  for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      1995         1994
                                                        (In thousands)

<S>                                            <C>     <C>         <C>

Balance at beginning of year                   $       5,929        6,849
Net additions charged to realized 
investment gains and losses                              -            307
Releases due primarily to foreclosures                  (261)      (1,227)

Balance at end of year                         $       5,668        5,929

</TABLE>


In March, 1995,  the FASB issued  SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets  and  for  Long-Lived Assets  to  be  Disposed  of."   The
statement  requires   that  long-lived   assets  and   certain  identifiable
intangibles to be  held and  used by  an entity  be reviewed  for impairment
whenever events  or  changes in  circumstances  indicate  that the  carrying
amount of an  asset may not  be recoverable.   Measurement of  an impairment
loss for  long-lived  assets and  identifiable  intangibles  that an  entity
expects to hold and use should be based on the fair value of the asset.  The
statement also  requires  that long-lived  assets  and certain  identifiable
intangibles to be disposed of be reported at the lower of carrying amount or
fair value less costs to sell.  

The Company's real estate  investments are the only  significant assets  that
will be  subject  to  this  statement.    As  the  Company  already  records
foreclosed real estate  at the lower  of cost  or fair value  less estimated
costs to  sell, the implementation  of  this  statement  will  not  have  a
significant effect  on the  Company's financial  statements.   The statement
will be implemented in the first quarter of 1996.


(4) REINSURANCE

The Company  is  party  to  several  reinsurance agreements.  The  Company's
general policy is to reinsure that portion of any risk in excess of $150,000
on the life of any one individual.  Total  life insurance in force was $7.94
billion and $7.71 billion at  December 31, 1995 and  1994, respectively.  Of
these amounts,  life insurance  in force  totaling $1.27  billion  and $1.05
billion was ceded to reinsurance companies, primarily on a yearly renewable
term basis, at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. 

In  accordance  with  the  reinsurance  contracts,  reinsurance  receivables
including  amounts  related  to   claims  incurred  but   not  reported  and
liabilities for future policy benefits totaled  $5,646,000 and $6,480,000 at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.   Premium revenues were reduced by
$7,420,000, $6,040,000,  and  $7,450,000 for  reinsurance  premiums incurred
during 1995, 1994, and  1993, respectively. Benefit expenses  were reduced by
$5,812,000, $3,295,000,  and  $6,943,000 for  reinsurance  recoveries during
1995, 1994,  and  1993,  respectively.  A  contingent liability  exists  with
respect to  reinsurance, as the Company  remains liable  if  the reinsurance
companies  are  unable  to   meet  their  obligations   under  the  existing
agreements.


(5) FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

Effective January 1,  1993, the Company  adopted SFAS No. 109, "Accounting 
for Income Taxes," which requires  an asset and liability method of 
accounting.   The  cumulative effect  of  this change  in accounting  for
income taxes  of $5,520,000  was determined  as of  January  1, 1993, and is
reported separately in the  consolidated statement of earnings  for the year
ended December 31, 1993.  

Total Federal income taxes were allocated as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                 Years Ended December 31,
                                              1995         1994        1993
                                                      (In thousands)
                                  
<S>                                   <C>   <C>         <C>          <C>
                             
Earnings from continuing operations   $     10,566      16,207       14,696
Discontinued operations                      -           2,983       11,781
Stockholders' equity for net
unrealized gains and losses
on securities available for sale             9,365        (974)        (211)

Total Federal income taxes            $     19,931      18,216       26,266

</TABLE>


The  provisions  for  Federal  income  taxes  attributable  to  income  from
continuing operations vary from  amounts computed by  applying the statutory
income tax rate to earnings before Federal income taxes. The reasons for the
differences, and the tax effects thereof, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Years Ended December 31,
                                              1995         1994        1993
                                                      (In thousands)
                             
<S>                                     <C>   <C>         <C>          <C>

Income tax expense at 
statutory rate                          $     16,170      18,683       15,424
Dividends-received deduction                    (298)       (333)        (420)
Amortization of life interest in the
Libbie Shearn Moody Trust                         98          97           96
Payment (recovery) of non-deductible
excise tax                                       -            53         (368)
Adjustment to deferred tax assets and
liabilities for enacted changes 
in tax rates                                     -           -             98
Tax benefit of discontinued
operations                                    (5,669)     (2,864)         -   
Other                                            265         571         (134)

Provision for Federal income taxes      $     10,566      16,207       14,696

</TABLE>


The  significant  components  of  deferred   income  tax  expense  (benefit)
attributable to  earnings from  continuing  operations for  the  years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                  Years Ended December 31,
                                               1995         1994        1993
                                                       (In thousands)

<S>                                     <C>      <C>         <C>       <C>

Deferred tax expense (benefit),
exclusive of adjustments for 
changes in tax rates                    $        926         (93)      (5,408)
Adjustments to deferred tax 
assets and liabilities for  
enacted changes in tax rates                     -           -             98

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)    $        926         (93)      (5,310)

</TABLE>


The tax effects of temporary  differences  that give    rise  to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December
31, 1995, 1994, and 1993, are presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         December 31,
                                                      1995          1994
                                                       (In thousands)

<S>                                               <C>  <C>            <C>

Deferred tax assets:
    Future policy benefits, excess of 
    financial accounting liability 
    over tax liability                            $      86,358        81,849
    Mortgage loans, principally due  
    to valuation allowances for  
    financial accounting purposes                         2,212         2,242
    Real estate, principally due to 
    write-downs for financial 
    accounting purposes                                   2,089         2,382
    Accrued and unearned investment 
    income recognized for tax purposes  
    and deferred for financial 
    accounting purposes                                   2,311         2,299
    Accrued operating expenses recorded  
    for financial accounting purposes 
    not currently tax deductible                          2,766         2,451
    Accrued liabilities of discontinued
    operations not currently tax deductible               1,368          -    
    Net unrealized losses on securities 
    availabe for sale                                     -             1,184
    Other                                                   595           733
Total gross deferred tax assets                          97,699        93,140
Less valuation allowance                                    -             -   

Net deferred tax assets                                  97,699        93,140


Deferred tax liabilities:
    Deferred policy acquisition costs,
    principally expensed for tax 
    purposes                                            (95,650)      (92,884)
    Debt securities, principally due  
    to deferred market discount for tax                  (4,482)         -    
    Real estate, principally due to 
    differences in tax and financial 
    accounting for depreciation                          (1,622)       (1,964)
    Net unrealized gains on securities  
    available for sale                                   (8,181)         -    
    Other                                                   (51)         (288)

Total gross deferred tax liabilities                   (109,986)      (95,136)

Net deferred tax liabilities                      $     (12,287)       (1,996)

</TABLE>


There was no  valuation allowance  for deferred tax  assets at  December 31,
1995 and  1994.   In  assessing the  realizability of  deferred  tax assets,
management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or
all of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.   The  ultimate
realization of  deferred  tax assets  is  dependent upon  the  generation of
future  taxable  income  during   the  periods  in   which  those  temporary
differences become deductible.  Management  considers the scheduled reversal
of deferred  tax  liabilities,  projected  future  taxable income,  and  tax
planning strategies  in making  this assessment.   Based  upon the  level of
historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the
periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it
is more likely than not that the Company  will realize the benefits of these
deductible differences.

Prior to  the  Tax Reform  Act  of 1984  (1984  Act), a  portion  of a  life
insurance company's income was not  subject to tax until  it was distributed
to stockholders, at  which time it  was taxed  at the regular  corporate tax
rate.   In  accordance  with  the 1984  Act,  this  income,  referred to  as
policyholders' surplus,  would  not increase,  yet  any amounts  distributed
would be taxable at the regular corporate rate.  The balance of this account
as of  December 31,  1995, is  approximately $2,446,000.   No  provision for
income taxes has been made  on this untaxed income, as  management is of the
opinion  that   no  distribution   to   stockholders  will   be   made  from
policyholders' surplus in the foreseeable future.  Should the balance in the
policyholders' surplus  account at  December 31,  1995, become  taxable, the
Federal income  taxes  computed  at  present  rates  would be  approximately
$856,000.

The Company  files  a  consolidated  Federal  income  tax  return  with  its
subsidiaries.   Allocation of  the consolidated  tax liability  is  based on
separate return  calculations  pursuant  to  the  "wait-and-see"  method  as
described in sections  1.1552-1(a)(2) and 1.1502-33(d)(2)(i)  of the current
Treasury Regulations.  Under this method, consolidated group members are not
given current  credit for  net  losses until  future net  taxable  income is
generated to realize such credits.  In accordance with this consolidated tax
sharing  agreement,  tax  benefits  resulting  from  discontinued  brokerage
operation losses totaling $5,669,000  and $2,864,000 for 1995  and 1994 were
included in earnings from continuing operations.


(6) TRANSACTIONS WITH CONTROLLING STOCKHOLDER AND AFFILIATES

(A) Life Interest in Libbie Shearn Moody Trust 

The Company is the beneficial owner of a life  interest (1/8 share),  in the
trust estate of Libbie Shearn Moody which was previously owned by Mr. Robert
L. Moody, Chairman of  the Board of Directors  of the Company.   The Company
has issued term insurance policies on the life  of Mr. Robert L. Moody which
are reinsured through agreements with unaffiliated insurance companies.  The
Company is the  beneficiary of  these policies  for an  amount equal  to the
statutory admitted value of the Trust, which  was $20,561,000 at December 31,
1995.  The excess of $27,000,000 face amount  of the reinsured policies over
the statutory admitted value of the Trust has been assigned to Mr. Robert L.
Moody.   The  recorded net  asset  values in  the  accompanying consolidated
financial statements for  the Company's  life interest in  the Trust  are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           December 31,
                                                        1995          1994
                                                          (In thousands)
                        
<S>                                                <C>   <C>           <C>

Original valuation of life interest at 
February  26, 1960                                 $     13,793        13,793
Less accumulated amortization                            (8,587)       (8,307)

Net asset value of life interest in the Trust      $      5,206         5,486

</TABLE>


Income from the  Trust and  related expenses  reflected in  the accompanying
consolidated  statements of earnings are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                Years Ended December 31,
                                              1995        1994        1993
                                                     (In thousands)
                            
<S>                                    <C>    <C>        <C>          <C>

Income distributions                   $      3,085      2,937        2,596
Deduct:
    Amortization                               (280)      (279)        (275)
    Reinsurance premiums                       (212)      (188)        (162)

Net income from life interest 
in the Trust                           $      2,593      2,470        2,159

</TABLE>


(B) Common Stock

Mr. Robert L. Moody, Chairman of the Board of Directors, owns 198,074 of the
total outstanding shares of the Company's Class B common stock and 1,160,896
of the Class A common stock.

Holders of the Company's Class  A common stock elect  one-third of the Board
of Directors of the Company,  and holders of the Class  B common stock elect
the remainder. Any cash or  in-kind dividends paid on each  share of Class B
common stock shall be only one-half of the cash or in-kind dividends paid on
each share of Class A common stock. Also, in the event of liquidation of the
Company, the Class A stockholders shall first receive the par value of their
shares; then the Class B  stockholders shall receive the  par value of their
shares; and the remaining net assets of the Company shall be divided between
the stockholders of  both Class  A and  Class B common  stock, based  on the
number of shares held.


(7) PENSION PLANS

The  Company  has   a  qualified   noncontributory  pension   plan  covering
substantially all full-time employees.  The plan provides  benefits based on
the participants'  years  of service  and  compensation.  The Company  makes
annual contributions  to  the  plan that  comply  with  the minimum  funding
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. A summary of plan
information is as follows:

Pension costs (credits) include the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Years Ended December 31,
                                              1995         1994        1993
                                                      (In thousands)
                             
<S>                                     <C>     <C>         <C>          <C>

Service cost-benefits earned 
during the period                       $        143         218          156
Interest cost on projected benefit               510         498          481
obligations
Actual return on plan assets                    (962)        112         (321)
Net amortization and deferral                    427        (622)        (258)

Net pension cost                        $        118         206           58

</TABLE>


The following  sets  forth  the plan's  funded  status  and related  amounts
recognized in the Company's balance sheet as of:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           December 31,
                                                        1995          1994
                                                          (In thousands)

<S>                                               <C>    <C>           <C>
                         
Actuarial present value of benefit 
obligations:
    Accumulated benefit obligations, 
    including vested benefits of 
    $7,562,000 and $5,565,000,   
    respectively                                  $      (7,961)       (5,906)

Projected benefit obligations for service 
rendered to date                                  $      (8,199)       (6,317)
Plan assets at fair market value primarily
consisting of equity and fixed 
income securities                                         6,557         5,513

Projected benefit obligations in excess 
of plan assets                                           (1,642)         (804)
Unrecognized net transitional asset at 
January 1, 1987 being recognized over   
employees' average remaining
service of 15 years                                        (319)         (374)
Prior service cost not yet recognized in net 
periodic pension cost                                      (236)         (266)
Unrecognized net losses from past experience
different from that assumed                               2,174         1,058
Adjustment to recognize minimum liability                (1,381)           (7)

Accrued pension cost                              $      (1,404)         (393)

</TABLE>


The discount rate  used in  determining the actuarial  present value  of the
projected benefit  obligations was  7.0% for  1995 and  8.75% for  1994. The
projected increase in future compensation levels was based on a rate of 5.0%
and 6.0% for  1995 and 1994,  respectively. The projected  long-term rate of
return on plan assets was 8.5% for 1995 and 1994.

The Company  also has  a non-qualified  defined benefit  plan  primarily for
senior officers. The plan provides benefits based on the participants' years
of service  and compensation.  No  minimum funding  standards  are required.
However, at the option of the Company, contributions  may be funded into the
National Western Life Insurance Company Non-Qualified Plans Trust. There are
currently no plan assets in  the trust. A summary of  plan information is as
follows:

Pension costs include the following components: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                  Years Ended December 31,
                                                 1995       1994       1993
                                                       (In thousands)

<S>                                         <C>  <C>        <C>         <C>

Service cost-benefits earned 
during the period                           $     71         91          63
Interest cost on projected benefit
obligations                                      153        158          98
Net amortization and deferral                     78        129          68

Net pension cost                            $    302        378         229

</TABLE>


The following  sets  forth  the plan's  funded  status  and related  amounts
recognized in the Company's balance sheet as of: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                            December 31,
                                                         1995          1994
                                                           (In thousands)

<S>                                                <C>   <C>           <C>

Actuarial present value of benefit 
obligations:

    Accumulated benefit obligations, 
    including vested benefits of  
    $1,545,000 and $640,000,  
    respectively                                   $     (1,550)         (670)


Projected benefit obligations for service 
rendered to date                                         (2,532)       (1,749)
Plan assets at fair market value                          -             -   

Projected benefit obligations in excess of 
plan assets                                              (2,532)       (1,749)
Unrecognized net transitional obligation at
January 1, 1991, being recognized over 
employees' average remaining service 
of 12 years                                                 598           677
Unrecognized net losses from past experience
different from that assumed                                 582            22
Adjustment to recognize minimum liability                  (198)          -   

Accrued pension cost                               $     (1,550)       (1,050)

</TABLE>


The discount rate  used in  determining the actuarial  present value  of the
projected benefit  obligations was  7.0% for  1995 and  8.75% for  1994. The
projected increase in future compensation levels was based on a rate of 5.0%
and 6.0% for 1995 and 1994, respectively. 

In addition to the defined benefit plans, the Company has a qualified 401(k)
plan for substantially all full-time employees  and a non-qualified deferred
compensation plan primarily for  senior officers.  The  Company makes annual
contributions  to  the  401(k)  plan  of  two  percent  of  each  employee's
compensation. Additional Company matching contributions of up to two percent
of each  employee's  compensation  are also  made  each  year  based on  the
employee's personal  level  of salary  deferrals  to the  plan.  All Company
contributions are  subject to  a vesting  schedule based  on  the employee's
years of service. For  the years ended  December 31, 1995  and 1994, Company
contributions totaled $201,000 and $198,000.

The non-qualified  deferred  compensation  plan  was  established  to  allow
eligible  employees  to  defer   the  payment  of  a   percentage  of  their
compensation and to  provide for  additional Company  contributions. Company
contributions are  subject to  a vesting  schedule based  on  the employee's
years of service. For  the years ended  December 31, 1995  and 1994, Company
contributions totaled $55,000 and $45,000, respectively.


(8) SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

The Company has available  a $60 million  bank line of  credit primarily for
cash management purposes relating to investment transactions. The Company is
required to maintain  a collateral security  deposit in trust  with the bank
equal to 120% of any  outstanding liability. The Company  had no outstanding
liabilities or collateral  security deposits with  the bank at  December 31,
1995 and 1994.  The  average interest rate on borrowings  for the year ended
December 31, 1994 was 4.45%.   The Company had no borrowings  on the line of
credit during 1995.


(9) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

(A) Current Regulatory Issues 

In December,  1995,  the  National  Association  of Insurance  Commissioners
adopted  for   statutory  accounting   practices  Actuarial   Guideline  33,
previously referred to as Actuarial Guideline GGG.   This reserve guideline,
which has not  been adopted  by any  states at this  time, helps  define the
minimum reserves  for  policies  with  multiple  benefit  streams,  such  as
two-tier annuities.

As of December  31, 1995,  the Company's  statutory reserving  practices for
two-tier annuities follow  an agreement  reached in  1993 with  its state of
domicile, Colorado.    This agreement  requires  the Company  to  phase-in a
different reserve  basis by  the  end of  1996.   The  agreement  states the
acceptable difference between the  target reserve and  the statutory reserve
held by the Company will meet the following schedule:

<TABLE>

          <S>                      <C>

          December 31, 1995        $5,000,000
          December 31, 1996             -

</TABLE>


The Company has  met the above  scheduled difference for  December 31, 1995.
However, in  1995, the  Company entered  into discussions with  the Colorado
Division of Insurance (the Division) to implement Actuarial Guideline 33 and
to phase it in  over a three-year period as  allowed by the  guideline.  In
January, 1996,  the  Division  approved the  proposal for  this  three-year
phase-in.  The effect  on the Company's statutory  financial statements will
not be  significant,  since  the previous  agreement  with  the Division  was
similar to the  final guideline.  Also, the  guideline  does not affect  the
Company's policy  reserves  which  are  prepared  under  generally  accepted
accounting principles as reported in the accompanying  consolidated financial
statements.

(B) Legal Proceedings 

On March 28, 1994,  the Community College  District No. 508,  County of Cook
and State of Illinois  (The City Colleges)  filed a complaint  in the United
States District  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of  Illinois,  Eastern
Division, against National Western Life Insurance  Company (the Company) and
subsidiaries of  The  Westcap Corporation.    The suit  seeks  rescission of
securities purchase transactions by  The City Colleges  from Westcap between
September 9,  1993  and  November  3,  1993, alleged  compensatory  damages,
punitive damages,  injunctive relief,  declaratory relief,  fees,  and costs.
National  Western  is  named  as  a  "controlling  person"  of  the  Westcap
defendants.  On February  1, 1995, the complaint  was amended to  add a RICO
count for treble damages and claims under  the Texas securities and consumer
fraud laws, and to add  additional defendants.  Westcap  and the Company are
of the opinions that Westcap has adequate documentation to validate all such
securities purchase transactions by The City  Colleges, and that Westcap and
the Company each  have adequate  defenses to the  litigation.   Although the
alleged damages would be  material to the Company's  and Westcap's financial
positions, a reasonable estimate of any actual  losses which may result from
this suit  cannot be  made at  this time.   A  judicial ruling  favorable to
Westcap has  been  made requiring  resolution  of the  suit  against Westcap
through binding arbitration.  The lawsuit  against the Company was suspended
pending  determination  of  the  arbitration   proceeding  against  Westcap.
Arbitration proceedings are currently set to begin in August, 1996.

On February  1,  1995,  the  San  Antonio  River  Authority (SARA)  filed  a
complaint in the 285th Judicial District Court, Bexar County, Texas, against
Kenneth William  Katzen (Katzen),  Westcap  Securities,  L.P.,  The  Westcap
Corporation (Westcap),  and  National Western  Life  Insurance Company  (the
Company).  The  suit alleges  that Katzen  and Westcap  sold mortgage-backed
security derivatives to  SARA and  misrepresented these securities  to SARA.
The suit alleges violations of the Federal Securities Act, Texas  Securities
Act, Deceptive  Trade  Practices  Act,  breach  of  fiduciary  duty,  fraud,
negligence, breach of contract, and seeks attorney's  fees.   The Company is
named as a "controlling person" of the Westcap defendants.   Westcap and the
Company are  of  the opinions  that  Westcap has  adequate  documentation to
validate all securities purchases by  SARA and that the  Company and Westcap
have adequate defenses to such suit.  Although  the alleged damages would be
material to Westcap's  financial  condition, a  reasonable  estimate of  any
actual losses which may result from this  suit  cannot be made at this  time.
The Company and  Westcap have  denied all allegations  and the  parties have
initiated discovery.  The case is set for trial on April 8, 1996.

On June  9,  1995, Charles  McCutcheon,  as Sheriff  of  Palm Beach  County,
Florida, served The  Westcap Corporation, Westcap  Securities, Inc., Westcap
Government Securities,  Inc.,  individual  officers  and  directors  of  the
Westcap entities, and National Western Life  Insurance Company as defendants
with a complaint filed in the U.S. District  Court for the Southern District
of Florida.  The Complaint alleges that the Westcap entities improperly sold
certain derivative securities to the Plaintiff and did not disclose the high
risk of these  securities to  the Plaintiff,  who suffered  financial losses
from the investments.   The  Company is  sued as  a "controlling  person" of
Westcap, and it is  alleged that the  Company is responsible  and liable for
the alleged wrongful conduct of  Westcap.  The suit  seeks rescission of the
investments, alleged  damages,  punitive and  exemplary  damages, attorneys'
fees, and injunction.  On  October 13, 1995, the  U.S. District Judge ordered
arbitration of Plaintiff's claims  against the Westcap  entities and stayed
all proceedings pending outcome of the arbitration.  Although the alleged
damages would be material to Westcap's financial condition, a reasonable
estimate of any actual losses which may result from this suit cannot be
made at this time.  The Company and Westcap deny the allegations  and 
believe they  each have adequate  defenses to such suit.

On July 5,  1995, San  Patricio County,  Texas, filed  suit in  the District
Court of San Patricio County, Texas, against National Western Life Insurance
Company (the Company) and its chief executive officer,  Robert L. Moody.  The
suit arises  from derivative  investments purchased  by San  Patricio County
from Westcap  Securities,  L.P.  or  Westcap  Government  Securities,  Inc.,
affiliates of  The Westcap  Corporation,  a wholly owned  subsidiary  of the
Company.  The  suit alleges that  the Westcap affiliates  were controlled by
the Company and  Mr. Moody  and that  they are  responsible for  the alleged
wrongful acts of  the Westcap  affiliates in selling  the securities  to the
Plaintiff.  Plaintiff  alleges that  the Westcap affiliates  violated duties
and responsibilities  owed  to  the  Plaintiff  related  to  its  investment
recommendations and the  decisions made by  Plaintiff, and alleges  that the
Plaintiff was  financially damaged  by such  actions of  Westcap.   The suit
seeks rescission  of  the investments  and  actual and  punitive  damages of
unspecified amounts.  Although the alleged damages would be material to
Westcap's financial condition, a reasonable estimate of any actual losses
which may result from this suit cannot be made at this time.   The Company 
believes that  it has adequate defenses to such suit and denies the 
allegations.  The parties have initiated discovery.

On September  13,  1995,  Michigan  South  Central    Power Agency  filed  a
complaint in The  United States District  Court for the  Western District of
Michigan against  Westcap Securities  Investment, Inc.,  Westcap Securities,
L.P., Westcap Securities Management, Inc., The Westcap Corporation, National
Western Life Insurance Company (the  Company), and others.   The suit alleges
that salesmen of Westcap  sold mortgage-backed securities to  the  Plaintiff
and misrepresented  these  securities  in  violation  of Federal  and  state
securities laws and common law.   The  Company  is named  as  a "controlling
person" of  the Westcap  defendants.   Westcap and  the  Company are  of the
opinions that they have adequate defenses to the suit.  Although the alleged
damages would be material to Westcap's financial condition, a  reasonable 
estimate of  any actual losses  which may result  from the suit cannot be 
made at this time.  The Company and Westcap deny all allegations.

The Westcap Corporation and Westcap Securities,  L.P. are also defendants in
several other pending lawsuits which  have arisen in the  ordinary course of
its business.   Westcap Securities, L.P.  has also been  notified of several
arbitration  claims  filed  with  the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers.  After reviewing the lawsuits  and arbitration filings with outside
counsel, management believes it has adequate defenses to each of the claims.

Although the  alleged  damages for  all  of the  above-described suits  and
arbitration claims  would be  material to  the financial  positions of   the
Company and The Westcap Corporation, a  reasonable estimate of actual losses
which may  result from  any of  these claims  cannot be  made at  this time.
Accordingly, no  provision  for any  liability  that may  result  from these
actions has  been  recognized  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.

National Western Life  Insurance Company  is also  currently a  defendant in
several other lawsuits, substantially all of which  are in the normal course
of business. In the opinion of management, the  liability, if any, which may
rise from these  lawsuits would not  have a  material adverse effect  on the
Company's financial condition.  The Company settled several lawsuits during 
1994 and 1993.  Other income totaling $955,000  and  $1,720,000  from  these
settlements has been  reflected in  the accompanying statements  of earnings
for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

(C) Financial Instruments 

In order to meet the  financing needs of its customers  in the normal course
of  business,  the  Company  is  a   party  to  financial  instruments  with
off-balance sheet  risk.  These  financial  instruments  are commitments  to
extend credit which  involve elements  of credit and  interest rate  risk in
excess of the amounts recognized in the balance sheet.

The Company's exposure to credit loss in the  event of nonperformance by the
other party to the financial instrument for  commitments to extend credit is
represented by the contractual amounts, assuming  that the amounts are fully
advanced and that collateral or other security is  of no value.  The Company
uses  the  same  credit  policies  in  making  commitments  and  conditional
obligations as  it  does  for  on-balance  sheet  instruments.  The  Company
controls the  credit risk  of these  transactions through  credit approvals,
limits, and monitoring procedures.

The Company  had commitments  to extend  credit relating  to  mortgage loans
totaling $211,000 at  December 31,  1995. Commitments  to extend  credit are
legally binding agreements to lend  to a customer that  generally have fixed
expiration dates or other termination  clauses and may require  payment of a
fee.  These  commitments  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  liquidity
requirements, as some  of the commitments  could expire without  being drawn
upon.  The  Company   evaluates  each   customer's  creditworthiness   on  a
case-by-case basis.  The Company also had commitments to purchase investment
securities totaling $4,710,000 at December 31, 1995.

(D)  Guaranty Association Assessments 

National Western  Life  Insurance  Company  is  subject  to  state  guaranty
association assessments  in  all  states  in  which  it  is licensed  to  do
business.  These associations generally guarantee certain levels of benefits
payable to resident  policyholders of  insolvent insurance companies.   Many
states allow premium tax credits  for all or a  portion of such assessments,
thereby allowing  potential  recovery of  these  payments over  a  period of
years.  However, several states do not allow such credits. 

The Company estimates  its liabilities for  guaranty association assessments
by using the latest information available  from the National Organization of
Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Associations.   The Company will continue
to  monitor  and  revise   its  estimates  for   assessments  as  additional
information becomes available which could result in changes to the estimated
liabilities.  Other insurance  operating expenses related  to state guaranty
association assessments totaled  $2,371,000,  $4,869,000, and $4,583,000 for
the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.


(10) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(A)  Dividend Restrictions

The Company is  restricted by  state insurance laws  as to  dividend amounts
which may be paid to  stockholders without prior approval  from the Colorado
Division of Insurance.  The restrictions are based on statutory earnings and
surplus levels of the  Company.  The  maximum dividend payment  which may be
made without prior approval in 1996 is $28,992,000.    The Company has never
paid cash dividends on its common stock, as  it follows a policy of retaining
any earnings in  order to finance  the development  of business and  to meet
increased regulatory requirements for capital.

(B)  Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Colorado  Division  of  Insurance  imposes  minimum  risk-based  capital
requirements on  insurance companies  that  were developed  by  the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC).  The formulas for determining
the amount  of risk-based  capital (RBC)  specify various  weighting factors
that are  applied  to  statutory financial  balances  or  various levels  of
activity based on  the perceived degree  of risk.   Regulatory compliance is
determined by a ratio of the Company's  regulatory total adjusted capital to
its authorized control level RBC,  as defined by the  NAIC.  Companies below
specific trigger points or ratios are classified within certain levels, each
of which  requires  specified  corrective  action.   The  Company's  current
statutory capital and  surplus is significantly  in excess of  the threshold
RBC requirements.

(C)  Stock Bonus Plan

During 1993  the Company  implemented a  one-time stock  bonus plan  for all
officers of the  Company.  Class  A common stock  restricted shares totaling
13,496 were granted  to officers based  on their individual  performance and
contribution to the Company.  The shares are subject to vesting requirements
as reflected in the following schedule:

<TABLE>

          <S>                 <C>

          January 1, 1993     25%
          December 31, 1993   25%
          December 31, 1994   25%
          December 31, 1995   25%

</TABLE>

All of  the  13,496  shares  that were  granted  have  been  issued and  are
outstanding as of December 31, 1995.

(D)  Stock and Incentive Plan

During 1995 the Company adopted the  National Western Life Insurance Company
1995 Stock and Incentive Plan  (the Plan).   The Plan  provides for the grant
of any or all of the  following types of awards to  eligible employees:  (1)
stock options,  including incentive  stock options  and  non-qualified stock
options;  (2)   stock appreciation rights,  in tandem with  stock options or
freestanding;   (3)   restricted stock;  (4)   incentive awards;  and (5)   
performance awards.  

The Plan is effective as of April 21, 1995,  and will terminate on April 20,
2005, unless terminated earlier  by the Board  of Directors.   The number  of
shares of Class A, $1.00  par value, common stock which  may be issued under
the Plan, or as  to which stock appreciation  rights or other  awards may be
granted, may  not  exceed  300,000.   These  shares  may  be authorized  and
unissued shares or treasury shares.

All of the  employees of the  Company and  its subsidiaries are  eligible to
participate in the Plan.  In addition, directors  of the Company, other than
Compensation and Stock Option Committee members, are eligible for restricted
stock awards,  incentive  awards,  and  performance  awards.    Non-employee
directors, including members of the Compensation and Stock Option Committee,
are eligible for non-discretionary stock options.    On  May  19, 1995,  the
Committee approved  the issuance  of 52,500  non-qualified stock  options to
selected officers  of  the  Company.    The  Committee  also  granted  7,000
non-qualified,  non-discretionary  stock  options  to  non-employee  Company
directors.  The stock  options begin to  vest following three  full years of
service to the Company after date of grant, with  20% of the options to vest
at the beginning of the fourth year of service, and with 20% thereof to vest
at the beginning of  each of the next  four years of service.   The exercise
price of the stock  options was set at  the fair market value  of the common
stock on the date of grant, May 19, 1995,  which was $38.125 per share.

In October, 1995, the FASB issued SFAS  No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation."    This   statement  establishes  financial   accounting  and
reporting standards for stock-based employee compensation  plans.  It defines
a fair  value  based method  of  accounting for  employee  stock options  or
similar equity instruments.  However,  it also allows an  entity to continue
to measure  compensation  cost for  plans  using the  intrinsic  value based
method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for  Stock
Issued to Employees."  Entities electing to continue applying the accounting
methods in Opinion  25 must  make pro  forma disclosures  of net  income and
earnings per share as if  the fair value based  method of accounting defined
in SFAS No. 123 had been applied.

Under the  fair value  based method,  compensation cost  is measured  at the
grant date based on the fair  value of the award and  is recognized over the
service period, which  is usually  the vesting period.   For  stock options,
fair value  is determined  using  an option  pricing model  that  takes into
account various information  and assumptions  regarding the   Company's stock
and options.  Under the  intrinsic value based method,  compensation cost is
the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the stock at grant date or
other measurement date over the  amount an employee must  pay to acquire the
stock.  

The Company  anticipates that it   will  continue to  apply  the  accounting
methods prescribed by Opinion 25 for its  existing stock and incentive plan.
Therefore,  the  implementation  of  this  statement  will  not  affect  the
Company's results of  operations.  However,  as required by  this statement,
disclosure information will be provided in the Company's financial statements
reflecting costs that  would have been  recorded under the  fair value based
method.  The statement will be implemented in 1996.


(11) FOREIGN SALES AND SIGNIFICANT AGENCY RELATIONSHIPS

Total direct  premium  revenues  and  universal  life and  annuity  contract
deposits related  to  insurance  written  in  foreign  countries,  primarily
Central and South America, were  approximately $57,407,000, $53,846,000, and
$57,450,000,  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1994, and  1993,
respectively.

A significant portion of the Company's universal life and investment annuity
contracts are  written  through  one  agency.  Such business  accounted  for
approximately 11%,  20%,  and  44%  of  total  direct premium  revenues  and
universal life and investment  annuity contract deposits for  1995, 1994, and
1993, respectively.


(12) SEGMENT INFORMATION

A summary of financial  information for the Company's  two industry segments
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               Life     Discontinued
                             Insurance    Brokerage         (B)   Consolidated
                            Operations   Operations     Adjustments   Amounts
                                             (In thousands)

<S>                     <C> <C>          <C>             <C>         <C>

Gross revenues:
    1995                $     287,816      5,112 (A)       (5,693)     287,235
    1994                      278,431     40,208 (A)      (41,881)     276,758
    1993                      273,363    105,923 (A)     (107,579)     271,707

Net earnings (losses):
    1995                $      35,634      (16,350)           -         19,284
    1994                       37,172       (2,936)           -         34,236
    1993                       34,892       21,832            -         56,724

Identifiable assets:
    1995                $   2,952,282        6,177            -      2,958,459
    1994                    2,702,184      232,057        (19,187)   2,915,054
    1993                    2,590,537      372,301        (21,787)   2,941,051

<FN>

Notes to Table:

(A)   These  amounts  are  not  reported  as  revenues in  the  accompanying
consolidated financial  statements,  as the  segment  has been  discontinued.
Instead, gross revenues are reported net of expenses and taxes as a separate
line  item   identified  as   discontinued  operations.      This  reporting
classification is  used  to clearly  separate  discontinued operations  from
continuing operations of the consolidated entity.

(B) These amounts  include both  consolidating eliminations  and adjustments
for reporting  discontinued brokerage  operations as  described in  note (A) 
above.

</FN>

</TABLE>


(13) UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

Quarterly results of operations are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   First      Second       Third      Fourth
                                  Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter
                                     (In thousands except per share data)
                        
<S>                          <C>   <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>

1995:
Revenues                     $     70,506      72,058      69,930      74,741

Earnings from continuing
operations                   $      7,057       8,894      11,784       7,899
Losses from discontinued
operations                         (1,733)     (1,484)    (13,133)       -    
Net earnings (losses)        $      5,324       7,410      (1,349)      7,899

Per Share:
Earnings from continuing
operations                   $       2.03        2.54        3.38        2.27
Losses from discontinued  
operations                          (0.50)      (0.42)      (3.77)       -    
Net earnings (losses)        $       1.53        2.12       (0.39)       2.27


1994:
Revenues                     $     68,815      69,135      70,723      68,085

Earnings from continuing
operations                   $      8,961       9,000      11,459       7,752
Earnings (losses) from 
discontinued operations              (450)      1,194         288      (3,968)
Net earnings                 $      8,511      10,194      11,747       3,784


Per Share:
Earnings from continuing
operations                   $       2.57        2.59        3.29        2.21
Earnings (losses) from
discontinued operations             (0.13)       0.34        0.08       (1.13)
Net earnings                 $       2.44        2.93        3.37        1.08


</TABLE>


The fourth quarter  net earnings in  1995 reflect the  following significant
items:

Continuing Operations: Earnings  from insurance  operations, excluding  net 
realized gains and losses on investments, for the quarter ended December  31,
1995, were $8,345,000 compared to $8,311,000 for the fourth quarter of 1994.
However, fourth quarter  1994 earnings included  a $2.9 million  tax benefit
resulting from  the  Company's subsidiary  brokerage losses,  whereas  1995
fourth quarter earnings do not include such a benefit because the total 1995
tax benefit had been recognized  as of September 30, 1995.   The tax benefit
was recognized  in accordance with the  Company's  tax allocation  agreement
with its  subsidiaries.   Excluding  the  tax benefit,  1995  fourth quarter
earnings  were   up  $2.9   million  over   the  comparable   1994  quarter.
Contributing to the  increased earnings  were insurance  revenues, excluding
realized gains and losses on investments, which were up $6,482,000, or 9.4%,
from the 1994 fourth quarter.  The increase  in revenues was offset somewhat
by higher  life  insurance  benefit claims  and  other  policy and  contract
related expenses.

Discontinued Operations:    Third  quarter  1995  losses  from  discontinued
brokerage operations included estimated  future operating losses, as well as
estimated costs to cease  brokerage operations, and resulted  in the complete
write-off of the  Company's investment in Westcap  on a consolidated  basis.
Accordingly, no  earnings  or  losses  were  reported for  the  discontinued
operations for the fourth quarter  of 1995, as the  investment in Westcap was
previously written-off  and  there  have  been  no  significant  changes  in
estimated costs to close the brokerage operations.

The fourth quarter  net earnings in  1994 reflect the  following significant
items: 

Continuing  Operations:     Other  insurance  operating   expenses  were  up
significantly, as  fourth  quarter  1994  expenses   included  a  charge  of
$2,636,000, net  of  taxes, or  $0.76  per share,  for  state guaranty  fund
assessments relating to insolvent insurance companies.

Discontinued Operations: Fourth  quarter 1994 net  losses from the Company's
discontinued  brokerage   operations,  The   Westcap   Corporation,  totaled
$3,968,000, or $1.13 per share,  compared to net earnings  of $7,309,000, or
$2.10 per  share, for  the fourth  quarter of  1993.   Volatile  bond market
conditions due to increasing market interest rates  was the major factor for
lower production, coupled with adverse publicity  about litigation which led 
to the decline in sales and earnings.


(14) FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating
its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

Investment securities: Fair  values  for  investments  in  debt  and  equity
securities  are  based  on  quoted  market   prices,  where  available.  For
securities not  actively  traded, fair  values  are  estimated using  values
obtained from  various  independent  pricing  services  and  the  Securities
Valuation Office of the National Association  of Insurance Commissioners. In
the cases  where  prices  are unavailable  from  these  sources, prices  are
estimated by discounting expected  future cash flows using  a current market
rate  applicable  to  the  yield,  credit   quality,  and  maturity  of  the
investments. 

Cash and  short-term  investments:  The  carrying  amounts  reported in the
balance sheet for these instruments approximate their fair values.

Mortgage loans: The fair value of performing  mortgage loans is estimated by
discounting scheduled  cash flows  through the  scheduled maturities  of the
loans, using interest  rates currently  being offered  for similar  loans to
borrowers  with  similar   credit  ratings.   Fair  value   for  significant
nonperforming loans is based  on recent internal or  external appraisals. If
appraisals are not  available, estimated cash  flows are discounted  using a
rate commensurate with  the risk associated  with the estimated  cash flows.
Assumptions regarding  credit  risk,  cash  flows,  and discount  rates  are
judgmentally determined  using  available  market  information and  specific
borrower information.

Policy loans: The  fair value for policy loans is  calculated by discounting
estimated cash flows using U.S. Treasury bill rates  as of December 31, 1995
and 1994. The  estimated cash flows  include assumptions as  to whether such
loans will be repaid by  the policyholders or settled  upon payment of death
or surrender benefits  on the underlying  insurance contracts. As  a result,
these  assumptions  incorporate   both  Company  experience   and  mortality
assumptions associated with such contracts.

Life interest  in Libbie  Shearn Moody  Trust: The  fair  value of  the life
interest is estimated based on  assumptions as to future  dividends from the
Trust over the life expectancy of Mr. Robert  L. Moody. These estimated cash
flows were discounted  at a rate  consistent with uncertainties  relating to
the amount and timing of future cash distributions. However, the Company has
limited the fair value to the statutory admitted value of the Trust, as this
is the maximum  amount to  be received by  the Company  in the event  of Mr.
Moody's premature death.

Assets of discontinued  operations:  These  assets consist of  cash, trading
securities, and  securities purchased  under agreements  to resell.   Trading
securities are based on quoted market prices.   The carrying amount and fair
value of securities purchased under agreements to  resell are the amounts at
which the  securities  will  be  subsequently  resold  as specified  in  the
respective agreements.

Investment and supplemental contracts:    Fair   value   of  the  Company's
liabilities for deferred  investment annuity  contracts is estimated  to be
the cash  surrender  value  of  each  contract.  The  cash  surrender  value
represents the  policyholder's  account  balance  less applicable  surrender
charges. The  fair value  of  liabilities for  immediate  investment annuity
contracts and supplemental contracts with and without life contingencies is
estimated by discounting estimated cash flows using U.S. Treasury bill rates
as of December 31, 1995 and 1994.

Fair value  for  the Company's  insurance  contracts  other than  investment
contracts is  not required  to be  disclosed. This  includes  the Company's
traditional and  universal  life  products.  However,  the  fair  values  of
liabilities under all  insurance contracts  are taken into  consideration in
the Company's  overall management  of  interest rate  risk,  which minimizes
exposure to  changing  interest rates  through  the  matching of  investment
maturities with amounts due under insurance and investment contracts.

Liabilities of  discontinued  operations:    These  liabilities  consist  of
short-term borrowings,  securities sold  not yet  purchased,  and securities
sold under agreements to repurchase.   The carrying amount  of the Company's
borrowings approximates  its fair  value due  to the  short duration  of the
borrowing periods.   Securities sold not  yet purchased are  carried at fair
values determined  in the  same  manner as  investment  securities described
above.   The  carrying amounts  and  fair values  of  securities sold  under
agreements to repurchase  are the  amounts at which  the securities  will be
subsequently repurchased as specified in the respective agreements.

The carrying amounts and fair values  of the Company's financial instruments
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               December 31, 1995        December 31, 1994
                              Carrying      Fair      Carrying      Fair
                               Value       Value        Value       Value
                                             (In thousands)

<S>                         <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>

ASSETS                       
Investments in debt and      
equity securities:
  Securities held to
  maturity                  $  1,643,211   1,726,469    1,605,813   1,488,063
  Securities available 
  for sale                       600,794     600,794      354,300     354,300

Cash and short-term
investments                       10,024      10,024       17,723      17,723
Mortgage loans                   191,674     202,512      189,632     200,696
Policy loans                     147,923     171,816      151,487     147,858
Life interest in Libbie
Shearn Moody Trust                 5,206      20,561        5,486      22,507
Assets of discontinued
operations:
  Cash                             5,646       5,646        3,524       3,524
  Trading securities                 -           -         69,666      69,666
  Securities purchased                  
  under agreements 
  to resell                          -           -        153,971     153,971


LIABILITIES

Deferred investment 
annuity contracts           $  1,843,793   1,607,360    1,681,797   1,458,303
Immediate investment
annuity and 
supplemental contracts           137,254     145,644      117,234     116,943
Liabilities of
discontinued operations:
    Short-term borrowings            -           -         29,698      29,698
    Securities sold not 
    yet purchased                    -           -         87,336      87,336
    Securities sold under
    agreements
    to repurchase                    -           -         91,781      91,781

</TABLE>

Fair value estimates are made at a specific  point in time based on relevant
market information and information  about the financial  instruments.  These
estimates do  not reflect  any premium  or discount  that could  result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's  entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument.    Because  no market  exists  for  a  portion of  the
Company's financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments
regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk
characteristics of various financial instruments, and other  factors.  These
estimates are subjective in nature and  involve uncertainties and matters of
significant judgment  and  therefore cannot  be  determined with  precision.
Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.


(15)  DISCONTINUED BROKERAGE OPERATIONS

(A)  Plan to Cease Brokerage Operations

Effective July 17, 1995,  The Westcap Corporation (Westcap),  a wholly owned
brokerage  subsidiary   of   National   Western   Life  Insurance   Company,
discontinued all sales and trading activities  in its Houston, Texas, office.
In September, 1995,  Westcap approved  a plan to  close its  remaining sales
office in New Jersey and to cease all brokerage operations.

In connection with the plan,  as of December 31,  1995, Westcap's assets are
being carried at  their estimated  fair value,  and its  liabilities include
estimated costs to  dispose of  assets and estimated  future costs  to cease
operations.  These estimated costs consist  primarily of operating and legal
expenses based  on  a  reasonable time  period  to  cease  operations.   The
preparation of Westcap's  1995 financial statements  required assumptions by
management that included assumptions regarding the  fair value of assets and
expenses to be  incurred.  Variations  between these assumptions  and actual
results could  result in  a change  in the  estimated  fair value  of assets
recorded in  Westcap's  1995  financial  statements.    However,  management
believes that, based on information currently  available, any differences in
recoveries on its  assets in  the future from  the existing  carrying values
thereof will not have a material effect on the financial statements.

As a result of the plan and in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, the assets and liabilities of  Westcap have been reclassified in
the accompanying consolidated balance sheets to  separately identify them as
assets and liabilities of the discontinued  operations.  Earnings and losses
from  the  discontinued  brokerage  operations   have  also  been  reflected
separately from  continuing operations  of the  Company in  the accompanying
consolidated financial  statements.    The  1995  losses  from  discontinued
operations include estimated  future operating  losses as well  as estimated
costs to cease brokerage operations totaling $6,381,000 and have resulted in
the  complete  write-off  of  National   Western  Life  Insurance  Company's
investment in Westcap on a consolidated basis.

(B)  Summary Financial Statements and Significant Disclosures

A summary of  Westcap's financial statements  for the years  ended September
30, 1995, 1994,  and 1993 is  provided below.   Westcap's fiscal  year-end is
September  30.    Although  reported  in  detail  below,  these  assets  and
liabilities have been aggregated  and reported as assets  and liabilities of
discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements.  Likewise,
all revenues and  expenses have been  netted and reported  separately in the
accompanying financial statements  as earnings  or losses  from discontinued
operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   September 30,
                                           1995         1994        1993
                                                   (In thousands)
       
<S>                                     <C>  <C>         <C>          <C>
                      
Assets:
    Cash                                $      5,646       3,524        8,514
    Receivables from customers 
    and brokers                                 -            675       55,163
    Trading securities                          -         69,666      116,918
    Securities purchased under  
    agreements to resell                        -        153,971      186,896
    Other assets                                 531       4,221        4,810

                                        $      6,177     232,057      372,301


Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity:
    Short-term borrowings               $       -         29,698       82,852
    Payables to customers and brokers           -          3,692       39,422
    Securities sold not yet purchased           -         87,336       78,835
    Securities  sold under agreements 
    to repurchase                               -         91,781      127,971
    Other liabilities                          7,430       2,823       22,840
    Stockholder's equity                      (1,253)     16,727       20,381

                                        $      6,177     232,057      372,301


Revenues                                $      5,112      40,208      105,923

Expenses                                      22,715      43,144       84,091

Net earnings (losses)                   $    (17,603)     (2,936)      21,832

</TABLE>


The following disclosures  refer to  the assets, liabilities, and operations
items of Westcap as detailed above.

Significant Accounting  Policies:  Trading  securities  are carried  at fair
value.  Unrealized  gains and losses  on trading securities  are included in
revenues.

Securities purchased under  agreements to  resell and securities  sold under
agreements  to   repurchase   are   treated   as   financing   transactions,
collateralized by negotiable securities, and carried at the amounts at which
the securities will  be subsequently resold  or repurchased as  specified in
the respective agreements.

Receivables from and payables to customers and brokers and dealers represent
the contract value of securities  which have  not been delivered or received
as of  settlement date.    The receivables  from customers  and  brokers and
dealers  are collateralized by securities held by  or due to subsidiaries of
The Westcap Corporation.

Securities transactions and  related revenues  and expenses,  except trading
profits, are  recorded  on  a settlement  date  basis.  Trading profits  are
recorded on  a trade  date  basis. Other  revenues and  expenses  related to
securities transactions executed but not yet settled as of year-end were not
material to the financial position and results of operations of Westcap.

Capital Requirements:     The  Westcap Corporation  conducted  its brokerage
operations through a limited partnership,  Westcap Securities, L.P. (Westcap
L.P.).  Westcap L.P. was subject to the Securities and Exchange Commission's
Uniform Net Capital  Rule (Rule 15c3-1),  which required the  maintenance of
minimum net capital.  The  limited partnership elected to  be subject to the
Alternative Net Capital  requirement which  required the partnership  to, at
all times, maintain net  capital equal to the  greater of $250,000  or 2% of
aggregate debit  items  computed  in accordance  with  the  formula for  the
determination of Reserve Requirements for Brokers and Dealers.  At September
30, 1995, Westcap  L.P. had a  net capital  deficit of $1,499,000  which was
$1,749,000 below its required net capital of $250,000. 

In anticipation of  an Order Instituting  Public Administrative Proceedings,
Making Findings  and Imposing  Remedial Sanctions  (Order)  being entered
pursuant to Sections 15(b) and 19(h) of the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934
by the Securities and Exchange Commission  (Commission), on February 8, 1996,
Westcap L.P. submitted an offer  of settlement to the  Commission whereby it
consented, without admitting  or denying the  findings in the  Order, to the
entry of an Order of the Commission making findings, revoking Westcap L.P.'s
registration with the Commission, and requiring payment to the Commission of
(i) $445,341 disgorgement, (ii) prejudgement interest  of $83,879, and (iii)
civil penalty of $300,000.   Such an Order was entered  by the Commission on
February 14, 1996.  In compliance with the  Order, Westcap L.P. made payment
to the Commission of $829,220 on March 5, 1996. 

Short-Term Borrowings:  Certain  subsidiaries of The Westcap Corporation have
arrangements with a  financial institution whereby  the institution performs
clearing functions  for  all  securities  transactions  with  customers  and
brokers and  dealers. These  arrangements include  revolving line  of credit
agreements which  bear interest  at variable  rates based  on  Federal funds
rates and  are  due  on  demand.  Borrowings  under these  arrangements  are
guaranteed by Westcap and  collateralized by trading  securities and certain
customers' and brokers' and  dealers' unpaid securities,  which at September
30, 1994, had aggregate  market values of approximately  $35,354,000.  There
were no  short-term  borrowings  outstanding at  September  30,  1995.   The
average interest rates on borrowings for the  years ended September 30, 1995
and 1994, were 6.26% and 4.60%, respectively.

Securities Purchased under  Agreements to  Resell and Securities  Sold under
Agreements to Repurchase:  At  September 30, 1994, securities purchased under
agreements to resell by  Westcap were collateralized by  U.S. Government and
agencies' securities  with  market  values  of  approximately  $152,753,000.
These agreements  had maturity  dates ranging  from one  to ninety  days and
weighted average interest rates of 4.2%.  There were no securities purchased
under agreement to  resell at September  30, 1995.   During the  years ended
September 30, 1995  and 1994, the  maximum month-end balance  of outstanding
agreements was $136,906,000  and   $270,854,000, and  the average  amount of
outstanding  agreements  was  $68,876,000  and  $197,327,000,  respectively.
Risks arise from the possible inability of  counterparties to meet the terms
of their agreements and from movements in securities' values.  

At September 30,  1994, securities  sold under  agreements to  repurchase by
Westcap were collateralized by U.S. Government and agencies' securities with
market values of approximately  $93,025,000.  These  agreements had maturity
dates ranging from one to ninety days and weighted average interest rates of
4.8%.   There  were no  securities  sold under  agreements to repurchase  at
September 30, 1995.  During the years ended September 30, 1995 and 1994, the
maximum month-end  balance of  outstanding agreements  was  $125,864,000 and
$245,564,000,  and  the   average  amount  of   outstanding  agreements  was
$54,322,000 and $169,187,000, respectively.

When-Issued and  Forward  Contracts:   In  the  normal  course of  business,
Westcap entered into when-issued and forward contracts principally related to
mortgage-backed and U.S. Government securities issues.   These contracts are
for delayed  delivery  of securities  in  which the  seller  agrees to  make
delivery at  a  specified  future  date  of  a  specified instrument,  at  a
specified price.  These securities issues  may have settlement dates ranging
from several  weeks  to  several months  after  trade  date.   Revenues  and
expenses related to such contracts are recognized on settlement date.  Risks
arise from the  possible inability  of counterparties to  meet the  terms of
their contracts and from movements in  securities values and interest rates.
At September 30, 1994,  the approximate amount of  unsettled when-issued and
forward purchase  and  sale  contracts  were  $73,009,000  and  $73,431,000,
respectively.   These contracts  principally related  to obligations  of the
U.S. Government and its agencies.   There were no  unsettled when-issued and
forward purchase and sale contracts at September 30, 1995.

During the year ended September 30, 1994,  Westcap adopted the provisions of
SFAS No. 119,  "Disclosure about  Derivative Financial Instruments  and Fair
Value of Financial Instruments,"  which requires disclosure  of certain fair
value information regarding derivative financial  instruments.  During 1994,
the average  fair  value of  when-issued  purchase and  sale  contracts were
approximately $4,789,000  and $2,602,000,  respectively.   At  September 30,
1994, the fair value of when-issued and  forward purchase and sale contracts
were approximately $68,146,000 and $68,632,000, respectively.   For the year
ended September 30,  1994, Westcap  recognized a  net gain  of approximately
$12,079,000 from such transactions.  There  were no significant transactions
during 1995 in when-issued purchase and sale contracts.



               NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                      SCHEDULE I
                                SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS
                 OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES
                             December 31, 1995
                               (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      Balance
                                               (1)        Market       Sheet
Type of Investment                            Cost         Value       Amount
                     
<S>                                      <C>            <C>         <C>

Fixed maturity bonds:
    Securities held to maturity:
        United States government and
        government agencies and 
        authorities                      $    35,764       36,026      35,764
        States, municipalities, and
        political subdivisions                47,574       51,311      47,574
        Foreign governments                   48,286       51,316      48,286
        Public utilities                     227,449      239,529     227,449
        Corporates                           771,716      815,002     771,716
        Mortgage-backed                      510,004      530,867     510,004
    Total securities held to 
    maturity                               1,640,793    1,724,051   1,640,793

    Securities available for sale:
        United States government and
        government agencies and 
        authorities                            2,948        3,311       3,311
        Public utilities                      54,677       57,430      57,430
        Corporates                           103,884      115,337     115,337
        Mortgage-backed                      375,219      398,856     398,856
     Total securities available  
     for sale                                536,728      574,934     574,934

Total fixed maturity bonds                 2,177,521    2,298,985   2,215,727

Equity securities:
     Securities available for sale:
           Common stocks:
              Public utilities                   192          263         263
              Banks, trust and
              insurance companies                195        1,716       1,716
              Industrial and other                87          198         198
           Preferred stocks                   23,925       23,683      23,683
Total equity securities                       24,399       25,860      25,860

Mortgage loans                               183,506                  177,838
Policy loans                                 147,923                  147,923
Other long-term investments                   33,122 (2)               30,970
Cash and short-term investments               10,024                   10,024
Total investments other than 
investments in related parties           $ 2,576,495                2,608,342

<FN>

(Continued on next page)

</FN>

</TABLE>


               NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                 SCHEDULE I, CONTINUED
                                 SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS
                       OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES
                                   December 31, 1995
                                    (In thousands)


Notes to Schedule I

(1) Fixed maturity  bonds are  shown at amortized  cost, mortgage  loans are
shown at unpaid principal balances before  allowances for possible losses of
$5,668,000, and real estate is stated at cost before allowances for possible
losses of $2,152,000. The following investments in related parties have been
excluded:    fixed  maturity  bonds  -   $2,418,000  and  mortgage  loans  -
$13,836,000.  

(2)  Real  estate  acquired  by  foreclosure  included  in  other  long-term
investments totaled approximately $6,260,000.



               NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                      SCHEDULE V
                          VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                 For the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993
                                    (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                           (1)
                           Balance      Charged                        Balance
                              at           to                             at
                           Beginning    Costs and    (2)       (3)     End of
   Description             of Period    Expenses  Reductions Transfer  Period 



<S>                        <C> <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>     <C>

Valuation accounts
deducted from 
applicable assets:
     
Allowance for possible
losse on brokerage 
trade receivables:

December 31, 1995          $   1,000       -       (1,000)      -         -

December 31, 1994          $     123       877          -       -      1,000

December 31, 1993          $     125       -           (2)      -        123


Allowance for possible
losses on mortgage loans:

December 31, 1995          $   5,929       -         (261)      -      5,668

December 31, 1994          $   6,849       307       (927)     (300)   5,929

December 31, 1993          $   6,000     2,152       (702)     (601)   6,849


Allowance for possible
losses on real estate:

December 31, 1995          $   1,803       882       (533)      -      2,152

December 31, 1994          $   1,556       318       (371)      300    1,803

December 31, 1993          $   9,950     1,208    (10,203)      601    1,556

<FN>

(1) Except for expenses  related to brokerage trade  receivables, which were
charged to discontinued operations,  these amounts were  charged to realized
gains and losses on investments.
(2) These  amounts  were  related  to  charge  off  of  assets  against  the
allowances.
(3) These amounts were transferred to real estate.

</FN>

</TABLE>


                                 SIGNATURES

Pursuant to  the  requirements of  Section  13 or  15(d)  of the  Securities
Exchange Act  of 1934,  the Registrant  has duly  caused  this report  to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                  NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                (Registrant)



/S/ Robert L. Moody                     /S/ Ross R. Moody
By:  Robert L. Moody                    By:  Ross R. Moody
     Chairman  of the Board, Chief      President, Chief Operating
     Executive  Officer, Director       Officer, Director


                                        /S/ Robert L. Busby, III
                                        By:  Robert L. Busby, III
                                        Senior Vice President -
                                        Chief  Administrative Officer,
                                        Chief Financial Officer 
                                         and Treasurer

March 28, 1996
       Date


Pursuant to the  requirements of the  Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, this
report has been signed by the following persons  on behalf of the Registrant
and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.




/S/ Arthur O. Dummer
Arthur O. Dummer,                  Frances A. Moody,
Director                           Director

/S/ Harry L. Edwards
Harry L. Edwards,                  Russell S. Moody,
Director                           Director

/S/ E. Douglas McLeod              /S/ Louis E. Pauls, Jr.
E. Douglas McLeod,                 Louis E. Pauls, Jr.,
Director                           Director

/S/ Charles D. Milos, Jr.
Charles D. Milos, Jr.,             E. J. Pederson,
Director                           Director


March 28, 1996
       Date



                  EXHIBIT 3(a) - ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                     RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                     OF
                  NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


Pursuant to the  provisions of Section  60 of the  Colorado Corporation Act,
the undersigned  corporation  adopts  the  following  Restated  Articles  of
Incorporation:

FIRST: The  corporate  name  and style  of  our  said  corporation shall  be
NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY.

SECOND: The objects  for which said  corporation is formed  and incorporated
are as follows:

     A.  To  make insurance or  reinsurance upon  the lives of  persons, and
every insurance  appertaining  thereto  or  connected  therewith,  including
health and  accident  insurance,  and  to  grant,  purchase  or  dispose  of
annuities.

     B.  To reinsure with any company or association as provided by laws any
risks undertaken by this corporation; to enter into contracts or reinsurance
upon any  lawful terms;  to make  such contracts  and agreements  with other
insurance companies or associations for  the purchase of the  assets and the
assumption and guarantee  of their liabilities  or the reinsurance  of their
risks as provided by  law and deemed  by the Directors  advantageous and for
the best interest of this corporation.

     C.  To  acquire, hold, pledge,  encumber, assign, lease  and dispose of
such real estate and personal property as may be permitted by law.

     D.  To invest such moneys as may come into its possession in the course
of its business in real or personal property  in any manner not inconsistent
with, nor prohibited by the laws of the State  of Colorado, and to loan such
money upon mortgages or other security or securities.

     E.  To do any  or all of the  aforementioned things in any  part of the
world; and to do all acts  and things and possess all such  powers as are in
any manner incident or necessary to conduct the  business for which our said
company is  formed; and  to  have, enjoy  and exercise  all  rights, powers,
franchises and privileges  now conferred  by law or  which may  hereafter be
lawfully conferred or acquired.

THIRD: The term of existence of our said corporation is perpetual.

FOURTH: The amount of the  total authorized capital stock  of the company is
SEVEN MILLION, SEVEN  HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS  ($7,700,000.00) divided into
Seven Million, Five  Hundred Thousand (7,500,000)  shares of Class  A common
stock with a par value of One Dollar  ($1.00) each, and Two Hundred Thousand
(200,000) shares of  Class B  common stock  with a par  value of  One Dollar
($1.00) each.  Class A common stock and Class  B common stock shall be alike
in all respects except that:

(a) Class A common stock  shall have the exclusive right  to elect One Third
(1/3) of  the total  number  of directors  constituting the  whole  Board of
Directors (treating  any fraction  as an  additional director)  and  Class B
common  stock  shall  have  the  exclusive  right  to  elect  the  remaining
directors.

(b) The cash or in  kind dividends to be  paid on each share of  the Class B
common stock per  annum shall be only one-half (1/2) of the cash  or in kind
dividends to be paid on each share of the Class A common stock per annum.

(c)   In the  event of  the dissolution  or winding  up of  the corporation,
whether voluntary or involuntary, the assets  shall be distributed among the
Class A and Class B stockholders in the following manner:

     (i) the Class A stockholders shall first receive the par value of their
shares;
     (ii) the Class B stockholders shall then receive the par value of their
shares; 
     (iii) the remaining assets of the corporation shall then be divided and
distributed to and among the holders of all the   stock of  the  corporation
in proportion  to  the number  of  shares  of stock  held  by each,  without
preference of any one class of stock over any other class.

In the event of a vacancy  on the Board of Directors,  such vacancy shall be
filled by a vote of  the majority of the remaining  directors elected by the
class who elected  the directors  whose position  is being  filled.   In the
event that there is no  majority of such directors,  then such vacancy shall
be filled at a special meeting of the  shareholders who elected the director
whose position is being filled.

Said Classes of stock shall be fully paid  and non-assessable.  No holder of
any stock  of the  company  shall, as  such,  have any  preemptive  right to
purchase or  subscribe for  any shares  of the  capital  stock or  any other
securities of the  company which it  may issue or  sell, whether out  of the
number of shares authorized by the Articles  of Incorporation of the company
as originally filed or by any amendment thereof, or out of the shares of the
capital stock of the company acquired by it  after the issuance thereof, nor
shall any holder of any such  stock, as such, have any  right to purchase or
subscribe for any obligation which the company may  issue or sell that shall
be convertible into or exchangeable  for any shares of  the capital stock of
the company, or  to which shall  be attached  or appertained any  warrant or
warrants or any instrument or  instruments that shall confer  upon the owner
of such obligation,  warrant or  instrument the right  to subscribe  for, or
purchase from the company, any shares of its  capital stock.  Article IV (b)
and (c) shall not be  subject to amendment except  upon the affirmative vote
of the holders of 75% of the issued and outstanding Class A common stock.

FIFTH: The affairs  and management of  our said  company shall be  under the
control of a Board  of Directors consisting of  not less than  seven (7) nor
more than  twenty-seven  (27)  persons who  shall  be  stockholders of  this
company, and who,  upon being duly  elected and qualified,  shall manage the
affairs and concerns of our  said company until their  successors are chosen
and qualified, and

          A. Vaughn Ayers          4680 West Mexico Ave.
                                   Denver, Colorado

          Stanford L. Hyman        421 Magnolia Street
                                   Denver, Colorado

          James A. Matson          4960 S. Lafayette St.
                                   Englewood, Colorado

          Harold M. Quiat          788 Milwaukee Street
                                   Denver, Colorado

          Lars O. Prestrud         118 Krameria Street
                                   Denver, Colorado

are hereby designated as the  Directors of this company  to serve until such
time as a complete Board  of Directors shall be  elected by the stockholders
and enter upon the duties of their office.   The Directors are to be elected
by the holders of Class A common stock and  Class B common stock as provided
for in Article IV hereof.

SIXTH: The location of the  principal office of our company  in the State of
Colorado is  5670 E.  Evans, Suite  103, Denver,  Colorado.   The registered
office of  the  company  is  1900  First  National  Bank  Building,  Denver,
Colorado, and  Arthur  K.  Underwood,  Jr.,  is  hereby  designated  as  the
registered agent of the company at said address.

SEVENTH: The operations  of our  said company  are to be  carried on  in the
State of Colorado  and in such  other states  and territories of  the United
States and in such foreign countries as the Board of Directors may from time
to time determine.

EIGHTH: The Board  of Directors  shall have  the power  to make,  alter, and
repeal  such  prudential  bylaws  as  they  may  determine  proper  for  the
management of the affairs of this company in accordance with the statutes in
such case made and provided.

NINTH: Cumulative voting shall not be allowed.

TENTH: Meetings of the Board  of Directors and meetings  of the stockholders
of said  company may  be held  beyond the  limits of  the State  of Colorado
whenever and at  such place or  places as may  be directed by  the bylaws of
this company, or by the Board of Directors.

ELEVENTH: One half (1/2) of the shares entitled to vote, represented in 
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the 
shareholders.  If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority 
of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject 
matter shall be the  act of the shareholders, unless the vote of  a greater  
number of shares is required  by law.   In the election of Directors a  
quorum shall consist of one half (1/2) of  the shares  of Class  A common  
stock entitled thereat and one half (1/2) of the shares of Class B  common 
stock entitled to vote thereat.   Whenever, with respect  to any  action to  
be taken  by the shareholders, the vote or concurrence  of the holders of  
more than one half (1/2) of the shares  as required  by  law with  respect 
to  such  action, the provision of the law shall control.

TWELFTH: The Restated Articles of Incorporation  correctly set forth without
change the  corresponding provisions  of  the Articles  of  Incorporation as
heretofore amended, and supersede the original Articles of Incorporation and
all amendments thereto.

Dated April 10, 1968.

                           NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                           By     /s/ Harold E. Riley                       
                                  Its President

                           and    /s/ R. F. Varnado                         
                                  Its Secretary

STATE OF TEXAS    )
                  )
COUNTY OF TRAVIS  )

     I, Jan M.  McDonald, a Notary  Public, do  hereby certify that  on this
10th day of April, 1968, personally appeared before me Harold E. Riley , who
being by me first duly sworn, declared that  he is the President of National
Western Life Insurance Company, that he signed the foregoing document as the
President of said corporation, and that the statements therein contained are
true.

                              /s/ Jan M. McDonald 
                              Notary Public






                  EXHIBIT 3(b) - ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

               AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                  NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



PURSUANT to the provisions of  the Colorado Insurance Code  and the Colorado
Corporation Act, the  undersigned corporation adopts  the following Articles
of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:

1.  The name of the corporation is National Western Life Insurance Company.

2.   The  following amendment  to  the Articles  of  Incorporation was  duly
submitted to and adopted by the shareholders of the corporation on April 27,
1971.  The amendment alters and changes Article  VI of the original Articles
of Incorporation by removing any specific street address for the Home Office
of the Company in  Denver, Colorado.  Article  VI is hereby  amended to read
and provide as follows:


ARTICLE VI


"The location  of  the  Home  Office of  the  Company  shall  be in  Denver,
Colorado.  The registered office of the Company  is 1900 First National Bank
Building,  Denver,  Colorado,  and  Arthur  K.  Underwood,  Jr.,  is  hereby
designated as the initial resident agent of the Company at said address."

3.  The number of shares of the corporation outstanding and entitled to vote
at the date of such  adoption was 3,508,283, being  3,308,283 Class A shares
and 200,000 Class B shares.

4.  The  number of shares  voted "for" and  "against" such amendment  was as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 For              Against

     <S>                      <C>                  <C>

     Class A:                 2,403,357            24,889

     Class B:                   200,000              -0-

</TABLE>

5.  The amendment does not affect the stated capital of the Company.


                         National Western Life Insurance Company


                         /s/ Harry L. Edwards          
                         By:    President


                         /s/ R. F. Varnado                
                          Secretary


STATE OF TEXAS    )
                  )
COUNTY OF TRAVIS  )

I, a Notary Public, do hereby  certify that on this 29th  day of July, 1971,
personally appeared before me Harry  L. Edwards who declared  that he is the
President of the Corporation  executing the foregoing  instrument, and being
first duly sworn acknowledged that he signed the foregoing instrument in the
capacity  therein  set  forth  and  declared  that  the  statements  therein
contained are true and correct.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have  hereunto set my hand and  seal this day and
year above written.

                              /s/ Mary L. Stacks         
                              NOTARY PUBLIC in and for Travis
                              County, Texas




                  EXHIBIT 3(c) - ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

               AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                  NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



PURSUANT to the provisions of  the Colorado Insurance Code  and the Colorado
Corporation Act, the  undersigned corporation adopts  the following Articles
of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:

1.  The name of the corporation is National Western Life Insurance Company.

2.   The  following amendment  to  the Articles  of  Incorporation was  duly
submitted to and adopted by the shareholders of the corporation on April 29,
1975.  The amendment alters and changes Article  VI of the original Articles
of Incorporation by changing the street address  of the registered office of
the Company in Denver, Colorado.   Article VI is hereby  amended to read and
provide as follows:


ARTICLE VI

"The location  of  the  Home  Office of  the  Company  shall  be in  Denver,
Colorado.  The  registered office  of the  Company is  2900 First  of Denver
Plaza, Denver, Colorado, and Arthur K.  Underwood, Jr., is hereby designated
as the initial resident agent of the Company at said address."

3.  The number of shares of the corporation outstanding and entitled to vote
at the date of such  adoption was 3,337,568, being  3,137,568 Class A shares
and 200,000 Class B shares.

4.  The  number of shares  voted "for" and  "against" such amendment  was as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            For              Against

     <S>                 <C>                  <C>

     Class A:            2,255,341            19,332

     Class B:              200,000              -0-

</TABLE>

5.  The amendment does not affect the stated capital of the Company.


                         National Western Life Insurance Company

                         /s/ Harry L. Edwards               
                         By:    President


                          /s/ Mary L. Smith               
                          Assistant Secretary


STATE OF TEXAS    )
                  )
COUNTY OF TRAVIS  )

I, a Notary Public,  do hereby certify that  on this 10th day  of May, 1976,
personally appeared before me Harry  L. Edwards who declared  that he is the
President of the Corporation  executing the foregoing  instrument, and being
first duly sworn acknowledged that he signed the foregoing instrument in the
capacity  therein  set  forth  and  declared  that  the  statements  therein
contained are true and correct.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto  set my hand and seal  this day and year
before written.
                         /s/ Lynette Weber              
                         NOTARY PUBLIC in and for Travis
                         County, Texas




                  EXHIBIT 3(d) - ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

               AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                  NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



PURSUANT to the provisions of  the Colorado Insurance Code  and the Colorado
Corporation Act, the  undersigned corporation adopts  the following Articles
of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:

Article One.  The name of the corporation is NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY.

Article Two.  The following  amendment to the Articles  of Incorporation was
duly submitted  to and  adopted by  the stockholders  of the  corporation on
April 25, 1978.  Article IV of the  Articles of Incorporation of the Company
is  amended  by  the  addition  thereto  of  subparagraph  "(d)",  and  said
subparagraph "(d)" of Article IV shall read and provide as follows:

"(d) In the event of any 'spin-off' or  distribution 'in-kind' of the shares
of a  subsidiary  corporation  of  the  Corporation,  and  which  subsidiary
corporation has only one class  of stock issued and  outstanding, each share
of Class B  common stock shall  receive only one-half (1/2) of the number of
shares of the subsidiary corporation as are to  be received by each share of
the Class A common stock; and, in the event that such subsidiary corporation
has two classes of stock  which are similar in rights  and privileges to the
Class A common stock  and Class B  common stock of  the Corporation provided
for in this Article, then  the Class A common stock  shall receive 'in-kind'
only that class of shares of the subsidiary  corporation which is similar to
the Class A  common shares,  and the Class  B common  stock shall receive 
'in-kind' only that  class of shares  of the subsidiary  corporation which is
similar to the Class B common shares."

Article Three.   The total number  of shares of  the corporation outstanding
and entitled to vote at the date of  such adoption was 3,411,682, consisting
of 3,211,682 Class A shares and  200,000 Class B shares.   All of the shares
of each class of stock were entitled to vote  thereon within each class as a
separate class.

Article Four.  The number  of shares voted for  such amendment was 2,520,409
(78.48%) of the Class A shares and 200,000 (100%) of the Class B shares; and
the number of shares voted against such amendment  was 48,454 (1.51%) of the
Class A shares.  None of the Class B shares voted against the amendment.

DATED this 28  day of April, 1978.


                    NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                    /s/ Harry L. Edwards              
                    Harry L. Edwards, President

                    /s/ James V. Robinson                               
                    James V. Robinson, Secretary


THE STATE OF TEXAS  )
                    )
COUNTY OF TRAVIS    )

BEFORE ME,  the  undersigned  authority, on  this  28  day  of April,  1978,
personally appeared HARRY L. EDWARDS and JAMES  V. ROBINSON, who being first
duly sworn, declared they are the  President and Secretary, respectively, of
the Corporation executing the  foregoing document, and that  they had signed
the foregoing document in the capacity therein  set forth, and declared that
the statements therein contained are true and correct.

TO CERTIFY WHICH, I  have hereunto set my  hand and seal of  office this day
and year above written.

                         /s/ Margaret M. Simpson               
                         Notary Public in and for
                         Travis County, T E X A S
( S E A L )




                  EXHIBIT 3(e) - ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

               AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                  NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


PURSUANT to the provisions of  the Colorado Insurance Code  and the Colorado
Corporation Act, the  undersigned corporation adopts  the following Articles
of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:

Article One.  The name of the corporation is NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY.

Article Two.  The following  amendment to the Articles  of Incorporation was
duly submitted  to and  adopted by  the stockholders  of the  corporation on
April 24,  1979.   Article Eight  of the  Articles  of Incorporation  of the
Company is amended to hereafter  read and provide as follows:

"ARTICLE EIGHT: The Board  of Directors shall  have the power  to (a) adopt,
amend, and repeal  such bylaws as  they may determine  to be proper  for the
management of the affairs of  this Company and which  are in accordance with
the statutes of Colorado, and  (b) to adopt plans  relating to dividends and
distributions  in  partial   liquidation,  to  declare   dividends,  and  to
distribute to the  shareholders in partial  liquidation, out of  the capital
surplus of the company, a portion of its assets in cash or property, subject
only to the statutes of  Colorado relating to the  payment of such dividends
or distributions in partial liquidation."

Article Three.   The total number  of shares of  the corporation outstanding
and entitled to vote at the date of  such adoption was 3,411,390, consisting
of 3,211,390 Class A shares and  200,000 Class B shares.   All of the shares
of each class of stock were entitled to vote  thereon within each class as a
separate class.

Article Four.   The  total number  of shares  voted  for such  amendment was
2,366,406 (69.37%).   2,166,406 (67.46%) of  the Class A  shares and 200,000
(100%) of the Class  B shares voted for  such amendment.   16,022 (0.50%) of
the Class A shares voted against such amendment.  None of the Class B shares
voted against the amendment.

DATED this 1  day of May, 1979.

                    NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                    /s/ Harry L. Edwards                                
                    Harry L. Edwards, President


                    /s/ James V. Robinson                               
                    James V. Robinson, Secretary



THE STATE OF TEXAS   )
                     )
COUNTY OF TRAVIS     )

BEFORE ME,  the  undersigned  authority,  on  this  1    day of  May,  1979,
personally appeared HARRY L. EDWARDS and JAMES  V. ROBINSON, who being first
duly sworn, declared they are the  President and Secretary, respectively, of
the Corporation executing the  foregoing document, and that  they had signed
the foregoing document in the capacity therein  set forth, and declared that
the statements therein contained are true and correct.

     TO CERTIFY WHICH, I have  hereunto set my hand and  seal of office this
day and year above written.

                         /s/ Margaret M. Simpson               
                         Notary Public in and for
                         Travis County, T E X A S

                         My commission expires: 3-31-81

( S E A L )




                           EXHIBIT 3(f) - BYLAWS

                                 BYLAWS OF
                  NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                 ARTICLE I
                                  Offices


Section 1.01.  Home Office.
The Home Office of the Company shall be in Denver, Colorado.

Section 1.02.  Other Offices.
The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and
without the State of Colorado,  as the Board of Directors  may  from  time
to time  determine  or the  business of the Corporation may require.

                                 ARTICLE II
                          Meetings of Stockholders

Section 2.01.  Place.
Meetings of shareholders for any purpose may be held at such time and place,
within or without the State of Colorado, as shall be stated in the notice of
the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof, except as may be
provided by law.

Section 2.02.  Annual Meetings.
An annual meeting of the  stockholders shall be held after  March 31 but not
later than July 31 of  each calendar year, at  a date to be  selected by the
Board of Directors, at  which time the  stockholders shall elect  a Board of
Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before
the meeting.

Section 2.03.  Special Meetings.
Special meetings  of  the shareholders,   for any   purpose  or  purposes,  
unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by  the Articles of  Incorporation
or  by  these   Bylaws,  may   be  called   by the Chairman of  the Board of
Directors or the President, the  Board of Directors,  or  the holders of not
less than one-fourth of all the shares entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.04.  Notice.
Written or printed notice  stating the place,  day, and hour  of the meeting
and, in case of a  special meeting,  the  purpose or  purposes for which the
meeting is called, shall be delivered not less  than ten nor more than forty
days before the date of the meeting, either personally  or by mail, by or at
the direction  of the  President, the  Secretary, or  the officer  or person
calling the meeting, to each  shareholder of record entitled  to vote at the
meeting.

Section 2.05.  Quorum.
The shareholders present in person  or represented by proxy  at any meeting,
whether or not there shall  be a quorum, shall  have power to adjourn   or  
recess   the   meeting  from   time  to  time,   without  notice other  than
announcement at the  meeting.   At such  adjourned or  recessed   meeting at
which a  quorum  shall  be  present  or  represented,  any business  may  be
transacted which might  have been  transacted at  the meeting  as originally
notified.

Section 2.06.  Majority Vote.
When a  quorum is  present at  any meeting,  the vote  of  the holders  of a
majority of the shares having voting power  present in person or represented
by proxy shall decide any  question brought before such  meeting, unless the
question is one upon which,  by express provision of the  statutes or of the
Articles of Incorporation or  of these Bylaws, a different vote is required,
in which case such express  provision shall govern and  control the decision
of such question.  The shareholders present at  a duly organized meeting may
continue  to  transact  business  until   adjournment,  notwithstanding  the
withdrawal of  enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.


Section 2.07.  Stockholders Entitled to Vote.
Each outstanding share, regardless of  class, shall be entitled  to one vote
on each matter submitted to  a vote at a meeting  of shareholders, except to
the extent that the voting rights of the shares  of any class or classes are
limited or denied by the  Articles of Incorporation.  At  any meeting of the
shareholders, every shareholder having  the right to vote  shall be entitled
to vote  in  person, or  by  proxy  appointed by  an  instrument in  writing
subscribed by such  shareholder, or  by his duly  authorized attorney-in-fact.
Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary  of the Corporation prior to or
at the time of  the meeting.   The Board of  Directors may fix  in advance a
record date for the  purpose of determining shareholders  entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders,  such record date to be not less
than ten nor more than  forty-five days prior   to such meeting, or the Board
of Directors  may close  the stock  transfer books  for  such purpose  for a
period of  not less  than ten  nor more  than forty-five  days prior  to such
meeting.  In the absence of  any action by the Board  of Directors, the date
upon which the notice of the meeting is mailed shall be the record date.


                                ARTICLE III
                                 Directors

Section 3.01.  Authority.

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of
Directors, who may exercise  all such powers  of the corporation  and do all
such lawful acts  and things as  are not by  statute or  by the Articles  of
Incorporation or by  these Bylaws  directed or  required to be  exercised or
done by the shareholders.

Section 3.02.  Number and Election.
The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than seven (7) and not more
than twenty-seven (27) Directors, none of whom need be residents of the State
of Colorado.  The  Directors shall be elected  at the annual  meeting of the
shareholders, except  as  hereinafter provided,  and  each Director  elected
shall hold office until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify.

Section 3.03.  Removal.
Any Director may  be removed, either  for or  without cause, at  any special
meeting of shareholders by the  affirmative vote of a  majority in number of
shares of the shareholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting and
entitled to  vote  for the  election  of  such Director,  if  notice of  the
intention to  act upon  such  matter shall  have  been given  in  the notice
calling such meeting.   Any Director may  be removed, either  for or without
cause, at any meeting of  Directors by the affirmative  vote of two-thirds of
all members of the Board of Directors.  If  any vacancies occur in the Board
of Directors because of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or
removal from  office  of  any  Director  or  otherwise,  a majority  of  the
Directors then in office, though less than a  quorum, may choose a successor
or successors,  or a  successor or  successors may  be  chosen at  a special
meeting of shareholders called for that purpose; and each successor Director
so chosen shall  be elected  for the  unexpired term  of his  predecessor in
office.   Any directorship  to be  filled by  reason of  an increase  in the
number  of  Directors  may  be   filled  by  election  at   any  meeting  of
shareholders, or may  be filled  by affirmative  vote of  a majority  of all
members of the Board of Directors then in office.

Section 3.04.  Method of Election.
Directors shall be elected by plurality vote.  Cumulative voting shall not
be permitted.

Section 3.05.  Place of Meetings.
Directors of  the  Corporation may  hold  their meetings,  both  regular and
special, either within or  without the State  of Colorado, except  as may be
provided by law.

Section 3.06.  First Meeting.
The first meeting of each  newly-elected Board shall be  held without further
notice immediately following the annual meeting  of shareholders, and at the
same place, unless  by unanimous consent  of the Directors  then elected and
serving such time or place shall be changed.

Section 3.07.  Regular Meetings.
Regular meetings of  the Board of  Directors may  be held without  notice at
such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 3.08.  Special Meetings.
Special meetings  of the  Board of  Directors may  be  called by  either the
Chairman of the Board  or President or  Secretary, on three  days' notice to
each Director,  either  personally  or by  mail  or  by  telegram.   Special
meetings shall be called by either the Chairman  of the Board, President, or
Secretary, in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of four
or more Directors.  Except as may be otherwise expressly provided by statute
or by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, neither the business
to be transacted at,  nor the purpose  of, any special  meeting of Directors
need be specified in a notice or waiver of notice.

Section 3.09.  Quorum.
At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the
Directors shall be necessary and  sufficient to constitute a  quorum for the
transaction of any business except any matter  which, under these Bylaws, is
to be  done or  performed  by a  majority of  all  members of  the  Board of
Directors.  If a  quorum shall not be  present at any  meeting of Directors,
the Directors present  thereat may  adjourn the meeting  from time  to time,
without notice other than announcement at the  meeting, until a quorum shall
be present.

Section 3.10.  Executive Committee.
The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed  by a majority of the whole
Board, designate  an  Executive Committee  to  consist of  Directors  of the
Corporation, one  of whom  shall  be either  the  Chairman of  the  Board of
Directors or  the President.   The  Executive Committee  shall have  and may
exercise all the authority  of the Board  of Directors in  the management of
the business  and  affairs of  the  corporation, except  where  action of  a
majority of all members of the Board of  Directors is required by statute or
by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, and shall have power to
authorize the seal of the corporation to be  affixed to all papers which may
require it.

Section 3.11.  Executive Committee Minutes.
The Executive Committee shall  keep  regular  minutes of its proceedings and
report the same to the Board when required.

Section 3.12.  Compensation.
Directors, by  resolution  of the  Board,  shall receive  a  fixed sum,  and
expenses of attendance  if any,  for attendance at  each regular  or special
meeting of the Board  and, in addition  thereto, may receive  a retainer for
their services, the amount  to be authorized  by resolution of  the Board of
Directors; provided that   nothing  herein contained  shall be  construed to
preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and
receiving compensation therefor.  Members of the Executive Committee  may, by
resolution of the Board of  Directors, be allowed a  fixed sum, and expenses
of attendance if any, for attendance at the Committee's meetings.

Section 3.13.  Other Committees.
The Board may  name and  appoint such other  special committees  composed of
Directors, officers, or employees of  the Company as it  deems necessary and
important to the  affairs of the  Company, and  may vest in  such committees
such authority as it deems appropriate to the functions of the Company.


                                 ARTICLE IV
                                  Officers

Section 4.01.  Number.
The officers of the Corporation shall be elected  by the Directors and shall
be a Chairman  of the  Board, a  President, one or  more Vice  Presidents, a
Secretary, and a Treasurer.   The Board of Directors may  also choose one or
more Assistant Vice Presidents and one or more  Assistant Secretaries  and  
Assistant Treasurers.   Any  two or  more offices  may be  held by  the same
person, except that the offices of President and Secretary shall not be held
by the same person.

Section 4.02.  Election.
The Board of  Directors at its  first meeting  after each annual  meeting of
shareholders shall elect  the said officers,  and the Chairman  of the Board
and the President shall be elected by the Board from its members.

Section 4.03.  Additional Officers.
The Board of  Directors may appoint  such other  officers as its  shall deem
necessary, who shall  be appointed  for such terms  and shall  exercise such
powers and perform such duties  as shall be determined from  time to time by
the Board.

Section 4.04.  Salaries.
The salaries of all officers of the Corporation  shall be fixed by the Board
of Directors.

Section 4.05.  Removal.
Each officer of  the Corporation  shall hold office  until his  successor is
chosen and  qualified  in  his  stead  or  until  his  death  or  until  his
resignation or removal from office.  Any officer elected or appointed by the
Board of Directors may be  removed at any time  by the vote of  the Board of
Directors.  If the office of any officer  becomes vacant for any reason, the
vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.06.  Chairman of the Board.
The Chairman  of the  Board  shall be  the  Chief Executive  Officer  of the
Company and shall  preside at  all meetings  of the  Board of  Directors and
shareholders.  He shall have general  and active management responsibilities
of the business and affairs of the Company, and shall  see  that all  orders
and resolutions  of  the Board  are  carried into effect,  and shall perform
such other  duties  and have  such  other  powers as  the  Bylaws, Board  of
Directors, or Executive Committee may prescribe.

Section 4.07.  The President.
The President, in the  absence or disability  of the Chairman  of the Board,
shall perform the  duties and  exercise the  powers of  the Chairman  of the
Board.  He shall be the principal administrative officer of the company, his
activities as  such  subject to  the  direction and  approval  of the  Chief
Executive Officer, and  shall be responsible  for the implementation  of the
details of managing  the administrative  affairs of  the Company,  and shall
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Bylaws, Board of
Directors, or Executive Committee may prescribe.

Section 4.08.  Vice Presidents.
Each Vice President shall  have such powers  and perform such  duties as the
Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or as the Chief Executive
Officer or President may from time to time delegate to him.

Section 4.09.  Secretary.
The Secretary shall attend  all sessions of  the Board of  Directors and all
meetings of the  shareholders and record  all votes  and the minutes  of all
proceedings in a  book to  be kept  for the purpose  and shall  perform like
duties for the Executive  Committee.  He shall  give, or cause  to be given,
notice of  all meetings  of the  shareholders and  shall perform  such other
duties as may  be prescribed by  the Board  of Directors or  Chief Executive
Officer or President, under whose supervision he shall be.  He shall keep in
safe custody the minute book and seal of  the corporation and affix the seal
to any instrument requiring it,  and, when so affixed,  it shall be attested
by his  signature or  by  the signature  of  the Treasurer  or  an Assistant
Secretary.

Section 4.10.  Assistant Secretaries.
Each Assistant Secretary shall have  such powers and perform  such duties as
the Board  of Directors  may from  time to  time prescribe  or as  the Chief
Executive Officer or President may from time to time delegate to him.

Section 4.11.  Treasurer.
The Treasurer shall have the custody of  the corporate funds and securities,
and shall keep full and  accurate accounts of receipts  and disbursements of
the Corporation, and shall deposit all moneys  and other valuable effects in
the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be
designated by  the Board  of Directors.   The  Treasurer shall  disburse the
funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking
proper vouchers  for  such  disbursements, and  shall  render  to the  Chief
Executive Officer or President and Directors, at the regular meetings of the
Board, or whenever they may  require it, an account  of all his transactions
as Treasurer and  of the financial  condition of the  Corporation, and shall
perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 4.12.  Assistant Treasurers.
Each Assistant Treasurer shall have  such powers and perform  such duties as
the Board  of Directors  may from  time to  time prescribe  or as  the Chief
Executive Officer or President may from time to time delegate to him.

                                 ARTICLE V
                        Stock and Stock Certificates

Section 5.01.  Form and Execution.
Certificates in such  form as may  be determined  by the Board  of Directors
shall be delivered  representing all  shares to  which shareholders   are   
entitled.  Such  certificates   shall  be   consecutively numbered and shall
be entered  in  the books  of  the Corporation  as  they are  issued.   Each
certificate shall state  on the face  thereof the holder's  name, the number
and class of shares,  and the par value  of such shares or  a statement that
such shares are without par value.  They shall be signed by the President or
a Vice President  and the  Secretary or  an Assistant  Secretary and  may be
sealed with the seal of  the Corporation or a   facsimile thereof.    If any
certificate is countersigned by  a transfer agent, or  an assistant transfer
agent or  a  transfer  clerk,  the signature  of  any  such  officer may  be
facsimile.

Section 5.02.  Lost Certificates.
The Board of Directors may  direct a new certificate  representing shares to
be issued in place of any certificate  theretofore issued by the Corporation
alleged to have been lost  or destroyed, upon the making  of an affidavit of
that fact by the person  claiming the certificates to  be lost or destroyed.
 When  authorizing such issue of a  new certificate, the Board of Directors,
in its discretion and as a condition precedent  to the issuance thereof, may
require the  owner of  such lost  or   destroyed  certificate, or  his legal
representative, to advertise  the same  in such manner  as it  shall require
and/or give the Corporation a bond in such form,  in such sum, and with such
surety or sureties as it may direct as  indemnity against any claim that may
be made against the Corporation  with respect to the  certificate alleged to
have been lost or destroyed.

Section 5.03.  Transfer of Shares.
Shares of stock shall be  transferable only on the  books of the Corporation
by the holder thereof  in person or by  his duly authorized  attorney.  Upon
surrender to the Corporation, or the Transfer Agent of the Corporation, of a
certificate representing shares duly endorsed  or accompanied  by   proper  
evidence of succession,  assignment, or authority  to transfer, it  shall be
the duty of  the Corporation  or the  Transfer Agent  of the  Corporation to
issue a  new certificate  to  the person  entitled thereto,  cancel  the old
certificate, and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 5.04.  Registered Shareholders.
The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share
or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not
be bound to recognize  any equitable or other  claim to or  interest in such
share or shares  on the part  of any other  person, whether or  not it shall
have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.


                                 ARTICLE VI
                             General Provisions

Section 6.01.  Dividends.
Dividends upon the  outstanding shares  of the  Corporation, subject  to the
provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, if any,  may be declared by the
Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.  Dividends may be paid
in cash,  in property,  or  in shares  of  the Corporation,  subject  to the
provisions of the statutes and the Articles of Incorporation.  The  Board of
Directors may fix in  advance a record  date for the  purpose of determining
shareholders entitled to receive  payment of any dividend,  such record date
to be not more than forty  days prior to the payment  date of such dividend,
or the  Board of  Directors  may close  the  stock transfer  books  for such
purpose for a period of not  more than forty days prior  to the payment date
of such  dividend.   In the  absence of  any  action by  the   Board   of   
Directors, the date upon which the Board  of Directors adopts the resolution
declaring such dividend shall be the record date.

Section 6.02.  Reserves.
There may be  created by  resolution of  the Board of  Directors out  of the
earned surplus of the Corporation such reserve  or reserves as the Directors
from time  to  time,  in  their  discretion,  think  proper to  provide  for
contingencies, or  to  equalize  dividends, or  to  repair  or maintain  any
property of  the corporation,  or for  such other  purpose as  the Directors
shall think beneficial to the  Corporation, and the Directors  may modify or
abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 6.03.  Checks.
All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed
by such officer or officers or such other person  or persons as the Board of
Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 6.04.  Seal.
The  Corporation  seal  shall  have  inscribed   thereon  the  name  of  the
Corporation and  the words  "Corporate  Seal."   Said  seal may  be  used by
causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced.

Section 6.05.  Indemnification.

Subsection 6.05.1.  Definitions.  In this Section:

(a)  "Indemnitee" means (i) any present or former Director or officer of the
Corporation, while serving  in any  of the capacities  referred   to in
clause  (I)    hereof,  served at  the Corporation's request  as a director,
officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent, or similar
functionary of another  foreign or domestic  corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust,    employee benefit  plan, or other enterprise,  and (iii) any
person nominated    or designated by  (or pursuant to  authority granted by)
the Board  of Directors  or any  committee thereof  to serve  in any  of the
capacities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) hereof.

(b)  "Official Capacity" means (i) when  used  with  respect to a  Director,
the office  of  Director of the Corporation,   and (ii)   when used   with  
respect to   a   person other than a Director,   the  elective or appointive
office  of the Corporation held by such   person or the employment or agency
 relationship  undertaken  by such  person   on  behalf  of the Corporation,
but in  each case    does  not include service  for  any  other foreign   or  
domestic    corporation   or   any   partnership,  joint  venture,   sole  
proprietorship,  trust,  employee benefit  plan,  or  other enterprise.

(c)  "Proceeding" means any threatened, pending,  or completed action, suit,
or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative,   arbitrative,   or  
investigative, any appeal in  such an action, suit, or proceeding,  and any
inquiry or investigation  that could  lead   to  such  an action,  suit,  or
proceeding.

Subsection 6.05.2.  Indemnification. 
The  Corporation shall indemnify  every indemnitee against all  judgments, 
penalties  (including excise  and similar taxes), fines, amounts paid in 
settlement,  and reasonable expenses actually incurred by the  Indemnitee 
in  connection with any  proceeding to  which he was, is, or is threatened  
to be named defendant or  respondent, or in which he was or  is a witness  
without being named  a defendant or  respondent, by reason, in whole  or 
in part,  of his serving   or having  served, or having been nominated or 
designated to serve, in any  of the capacities referred to in Subsection 
6.05.1.,  if it  is determined  in accordance  with Subsection 6.05.4. 
that  the Indemnitee  (i)  conducted himself  in good  faith,   (ii)
reasonably believed,  in the case of conduct  in his official capacity, that
his conduct  was in  the Corporation's  best interests  and,  in   all other
cases,  that his conduct   was at least  not opposed  to the Corporation's  
best interests,  and  (iii)   in  the  case  of any criminal proceeding, had
no reasonable  cause to  believe that  his conduct  was  unlawful; provided,
however, that in the event a determination is made that a person is entitled
to indemnification pursuant to this Subsection  6.05.2. in connection with a
proceeding  brought  by   or  on     behalf  of   the  Corporation,     such
indemnification shall be limited to the reasonable expenses (including court
costs and attorney's fees) actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection
with the proceeding.  No indemnification shall be made under this Subsection
6.05.2. in  respect of  any  judgment, penalty,  fine,   or  amount  paid in
settlement in connection with any proceeding  in which such Indemnitee shall
have been (a) found liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly
received by him, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken in
the Indemnitee's official capacity, or (b)  found liable to the Corporation.
The termination  of  any  proceeding  by  judgment,  order,  settlement,  or
conviction, or on  a plea of  nolo contendere or  its equivalent, is  not of
itself determinative that the  Indemnitee did not meet  the requirements set
forth in  clauses  (i),  (ii),  or  (iii)  in  the  first sentence  of  this
Subsection 6.05.2.

Subsection 6.05.3.   Successful Defense.  Without  limitation  of Subsection
6.05.2. and in  addition to the  indemnification provided for  in Subsection
6.05.2., the Corporation shall indemnify every Indemnitee against reasonable
expenses incurred by such person in connection  with any proceeding in which
he is a witness or a named defendant or  respondent because he served in any
of the capacities referred  to in Section  6.05.1., if such  person has been
wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of the proceeding.

Subsection 6.05.4.   Determinations.   Any indemnification  under Subsection
6.05.2. (unless ordered by a court of  competent jurisdiction) shall be made
by the Corporation  only upon  a determination  that indemnification  of the
Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because  he has met the applicable
standard of conduct.  Such  determination shall be made (a)  by the Board of
Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors who, at the
time  of  such  vote,  are  not  named  defendants  or  respondents  in  the
proceeding; (b) if such a quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote
of a committee  of the  Board of  Directors, duly designated  to act  in the
matter by a majority vote  of all Directors (in  which designation Directors
who are named defendants or respondents  in the proceeding may participate),
such committee to consist solely  of two or more Directors  who, at the time
of the  committee  vote, are  not  named defendants  or  respondents in  the
proceeding; (c) by special legal counsel selected  by the Board of Directors
or a committee thereof by  vote as set forth  in clauses (a) or  (b) of this
Subsection 6.05.4.,  or, if  the requisite  quorum of  all of  the Directors
cannot be obtained therefor and  such committee cannot be  established, by a
majority vote of  all of  the Directors  (in which  Directors who  are named
defendants or respondents in the proceeding may  participate); or (d) by the
shareholders in a vote that  excludes the shares held  by Directors that are
named defendants  or respondents  in the  proceeding.   Determination  as to
reasonableness of  expenses  shall  be  made  in  the  same  manner  as  the
determination that  indemnification  is  permissible,  except  that, if  the
determination that indemnification is  permissible is made  by special legal
counsel, determination as to  reasonableness of expenses must  be by special
legal counsel.  In the  event a determination is  made under this Subsection
6.05.4. that  the Director  or officer  has met  the applicable  standard of
conduct as to some matters  but not as to others,  amounts to be indemnified
may be reasonably prorated.

Subsection 6.05.5.  Advancement of Expenses.  Reasonable expenses (including
court costs and attorneys' fees)  incurred by an Indemnitee who  was or is a
witness or  was,  is, or  is  threatened to  be  made a  named  defendant or
respondent in a  proceeding shall be  paid by the  Corporation at reasonable
intervals in advance  of the  final disposition of  such proceeding  after a
determination is made in the manner specified by Subsection 6.05.4. that the
facts then  known to  those  making the  determination  (without undertaking
further  investigation  for   purposes  thereof)   do  not   establish  that
indemnification would  be impermissible  under Subsection  6.05.2.  and upon
receipt by the Corporation of  (i) a written affirmation  by such Indemnitee
of his good faith belief  that he has met the  standard of conduct necessary
for indemnification by the Corporation under this Article and (ii) a written
undertaking by or on behalf  of such Indemnitee to repay  the amount paid or
reimbursed by the Corporation if  it shall ultimately be  determined that he
is not entitled to be  indemnified by the Corporation  as authorized in this
Article.  Such written undertaking  shall be an unlimited  obligation of the
Indemnitee but need not be secured, and it may be accepted without reference
to financial ability to make repayment.  Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Section, the Corporation  may pay or reimburse  expenses incurred by
an Indemnitee  in  connection with  his  appearance as  a  witness or  other
participation in a proceeding at a time when he  is not named a defendant or
respondent in the proceeding.

Subsection 6.06.6.  Employee Benefit  Plans. For  purposes of  this Section,
the Corporation shall be deemed to have requested  an Indemnitee to serve an
employee benefit plan whenever the  performance by him of  his duties to the
Corporation also imposes duties on or otherwise  involves services by him to
the plan  or  participants  or beneficiaries  of  the  plan.   Excise  taxes
assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to  an employee benefit plan pursuant
to applicable law  shall be  deemed fines.   Action taken  or omitted  by an
Indemnitee with respect  to an employee  benefit plan in  the performance of
his duties for a purpose reasonably believed by him to be in the interest of
the participants and beneficiaries of  the plan shall be deemed  to be for a
purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

Subsection  6.05.7.      Other   Indemnification   and   Insurance.      The
indemnification provided by this  Section shall (i) not  be deemed exclusive
of, or to preclude, any other rights  to which those seeking indemnification
may  at  any   time  be  entitled   under  the  Corporation's   Articles  of
Incorporation, any law, agreement, or vote  of shareholders or disinterested
Directors, or  otherwise,  or  under any  policy  or  policies of  insurance
purchased and maintained  by the  Corporation on  behalf of  any Indemnitee,
both as to  action in his  official capacity and  as to action  in any other
capacity, (ii) continue as to a person who has  ceased to be in the capacity
by reason of  which he  was an  Indemnitee with  respect to  matters arising
during the period he was in such capacity, and (iii) inure to the benefit of
the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

Subsection 6.05.8.  Notice.   Any indemnification of or  advance of expenses
to a present or former  Director of the Corporation  in accordance with this
Article shall be reported in writing to  the shareholders of the Corporation
with or before  the notice  or waiver  of notice  of the  next shareholders'
meeting or with or before  the next submission to  shareholders of a consent
to action without a meeting and, in any  case, within the twelve-month period
immediately following the date of the indemnification or advance.

Subsection 6.05.9.   Construction.  The   indemnification   provided by this
Section shall be  subject  to all  valid  and applicable laws,  including,  
without limitation, Article 73101.5  of the Colorado  Corporation Code, and,
in the  event this  Section or   any  of the   provisions  hereof  or the   
indemnification  contemplated  hereby are found  to be inconsistent  with or
contrary to any such valid laws, the latter  shall be deemed to control, and
this Section shall be regarded as modified accordingly, and, as so modified,
to continue in full force and effect.

Subsection 6.05.10.   Continuing Offer,  Reliance, etc. The  provisions  of
this Section  (i) are  for the  benefit  of, and  may be  enforced  by, each
Director and officer of the Corporation, the  same  as if set forth in their
entirety in  a  written  instrument  duly  executed  and  delivered  by  the
Corporation and such  Director or officer  and (ii) constitute  a continuing
offer to all present and  future Directors and officers  of the Corporation.
The Corporation,  by  its adoption  of  these Bylaws,  (i)  acknowledges and
agrees that each present and future Director  and officer of the Corporation
has relied  upon and  will  continue to  rely  upon the  provisions  of this
Article in accepting  and serving in  any of  the capacities referred  to in
Subsection 6.05.1.  of  this Section,  (ii)  waives reliance  upon,  and all
notices of acceptance  of, such provisions  by such Directors  and officers,
and (iii)  acknowledges and  agrees that  no present  or future  Director or
officer of the Corporation shall  be prejudiced in his  right to enforce the
provisions of this  Section in  accordance with  their terms  by any  act or
failure to act on the part of the Corporation.

Subsection 6.05.11.   Effect of Amendment.  No  amendment,  modification, or
repeal of  this  Section  or  any  provision  hereof  shall  in  any  manner
terminate, reduce,  or impair  the  right of  any past,  present,  or future
Director or officer of the Corporation to be indemnified by the Corporation,
nor the  obligation of  the Corporation  to indemnify  any such  Director or
officer, under and in  accordance with the  provisions of the  Section as in
effect immediately  prior to  such amendment,  modification, or  repeal with
respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or
in part, prior  to such  amendment, modification,  or repeal,  regardless of
when such claims may arise or be asserted. 

Section 6.06.  Notices.
Whenever, under  the  provisions  of the  statutes  or  of  the Articles  of
Incorporation or of  these Bylaws,  notice is  required to  be given  to any
Director or shareholder,  and no  provision is  made as  to how  such notice
shall be given, it shall  not be construed to mean  personal notice, but any
such notice may be given   in  writing, by  mail, postage prepaid, addressed
to such Director or shareholder  at such address as appears  on the books of
the Corporation.  Any notice required or permitted to be given by mail shall
be deemed to be given at  the time when the same shall  be thus deposited in
the United States mail as aforesaid.

Section 6.07.  Waiver of Notice.
Whenever any notice is required  to be given to  any shareholder or Director
of the Corporation under the  provisions of the statutes  or of the Articles
of Incorporation or of these  Bylaws, a waiver thereof  in writing signed by
the person or persons entitled  to such notice, whether  before or after the
time stated in such notice, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such
notice.

Section 6.08.  Bond.
Each officer and  each employee shall  give the  Corporation a bond  in such
form, in such sum, and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory
to the Board for  the faithful performance of  the duties of  his office and
for the restoration  to the Corporation  in case of  his death, resignation,
retirement, or removal  from office of  all books, papers,  vouchers, money,
and other property, of whatever kind, in his possession or under his control
belonging to  the  Corporation.   The  Corporation shall  pay  all insurance
premiums for such bonds.

Section 6.09.  Approval of Acts.
The Corporation shall be deemed to have waived any claim against any officer
of the Corporation for any act or deed approved  or ratified by the Board of
Directors, and the Corporation and all stockholders  shall be deemed to have
waived any claim against any Director or officer  of the Corporation for any
act or deed approved or  ratified by a majority  of the stockholders present
in person or  by proxy at  any meeting  of stockholders of  the Corporation,
whether or not such meeting  was called for such purpose  and whether or not
the notice of such meeting specified that such matter is to be considered or
voted upon.


                                ARTICLE VII
                                 Amendments

Section 7.01.  By Stockholders.
These Bylaws may  be altered,  amended, or  repealed at  any meeting  of the
shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented, by the affirmative
vote of the holders  of a majority of  the shares present  or represented at
such meeting and entitled to vote thereat.

Section 7.02.  By Directors.
These Bylaws may  be altered,  amended, or  repealed at  any meeting  of the
Board of Directors at which a quorum is  present, by the affirmative vote of
a majority of the Directors present at such  meeting, provided notice of the
proposed alteration, amendment, or repeal be contained in the notice of such
meeting.

As Amended April 27, 1971
And on    June 21, 1972
And on    November 13, 1974
And on    November 15, 1979
And on    May 21, 1980
And on    December 30, 1986
And on    April 24, 1987





                     EXHIBIT 10(a) - MATERIAL CONTRACTS

                  NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                     NON-QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN

                                 Effective
                              January 1, 1991



                             Table of Contents



ARTICLE I - Purpose, Definitions and Construction
     1.1  Purpose of the Plan
     1.2  Definitions
     1.3  Construction

ARTICLE II - Eligibility
     2.1  Eligibility Requirements

ARTICLE III - Funding
     3.1  Funding

ARTICLE IV - Benefits Under the Plan
     4.1  Normal Retirement Benefit
     4.2  Late Retirement Benefit
     4.3  Early Retirement Benefit
     4.4  Disability Retirement Benefit
     4.5  Benefit At Termination of Employment
     4.6  Pre-Retirement Death Benefit

ARTICLE V - Determination of Payment of Account
     5.1  Form of Payment
     5.2  Special Payment Provision

ARTICLE VI - Miscellaneous
     6.1  Administration of the Plan
     6.2  Amendment of the Plan
     6.3  Termination of the Plan
     6.4  Notices to Participants
     6.5  Non-Alienation


                                 ARTICLE I

                   PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION


1.1  Purpose of the Plan

This Plan is  established by the  Employer to provide  an additional benefit
for certain select management  employees, who are defined  below, to augment
the retirement benefit which  is otherwise provided  to such employees under
the tax qualified  defined benefit  plan maintained by  the Employer.   This
Plan is not  intended to, and  does not,  qualify under Sections  401(a) and
501(a) of the Internal Revenue  Code, and is designed to  be exempt from the
requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.

1.2  Definitions

The following terms,  when found in  the Plan,  shall have the  meanings set
forth below:

(a)   Accrued Benefit:    The benefit  determined under  Article  IV hereof,
payable at the  Participant's Normal Retirement  Date, which has  accrued at
any time under the provisions of the Plan,  determined as if the Participant
had then terminated his employment with the Employer.

(b)  Actuarial Equivalent:   The equivalent in value  of amounts expected to
be received  under the  Plan under  different forms  of  payment, determined
based upon an interest assumption of eight and one-half percent (8.5%) and a
mortality assumption  based  on the  1984  Unisex  Pension (UP84)  Mortality
Table.

(c)  Beneficiary:  The person(s) and/or the trust(s) created for the benefit
of a  person or  persons who  are the  natural  object of  the Participant's
bounty,  or  the  Participant's  estate,  whichever  is  designated  by  the
Participant to receive the benefits payable hereunder upon his death.

(d)  Code:   The Internal Revenue  Code of 1986,  as it may  be amended from
time to time, including any successor.

(e)  Compensation:  Compensation  shall be the total  cash remuneration paid
by the  Employer during  each Plan  Year,  as reported  on Form  W-2  or its
subsequent  equivalent,  including   bonuses,  fees,   commissions,  amounts
deferred under Code Sections 401(k) and 125,  and amounts deferred under any
other non-qualified  program of  salary reduction,  but excluding  any NWAMI
Compensation.    Compensation  hereunder   shall  not  be   subject  to  any
limitations applicable  to tax-qualified  plans,  such as  pursuant  to Code
Sections 401(a)(17) or 415.

(f)  Disability:  A physical or mental  condition of a Participant resulting
from bodily injury, disease  or mental disorder which  renders him incapable
of continuing any gainful occupation.  The determination of Disability shall
be made either as a result of the Participant qualifying for a pension under
the federal  Social  Security  Act,  or  based  upon  such  evidence  as  is
determined to be applicable by the Employer in its sole discretion.

(g)  Early Retirement Date:  The first day of  the month which is prior to a
Participant's Normal  Retirement Date,  but follows  his  attainment of  age
fifty-five (55),  completion  of  fifteen (15)  Years  of  Service, and  his
termination of employment from the Employer.

(h)  Effective Date:  January 1, 1991. 

(i)  Eligible Employee:   A person employed by the  Employer in the position
of Senior Vice President  or above, or a  person who has  been designated by
the President of the Employer, by name, position, or in any other manner, as
being in the class of  persons who are eligible to  participate in the Plan.
Such latter designation  shall be made  in writing  by the President  of the
Employer.  However, no  person who is an  employee of the  Employer shall be
selected as an  Eligible Employee  except a  member of  the select  group of
management or highly compensated employees of the  Employer, as such term is
defined under Section 201 of the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, and regulations and  rulings promulgated thereunder  by the Department
of Labor.

(j)   Employer:   National  Western  Life Insurance  Company,  a corporation
organized and  existing  under the  laws  of  the State  of  Texas, and  any
successor or successors.

(k)  Normal  Retirement Age:   The date on  which a Participant  attains age
sixty-five (65).

(l)  Normal Retirement Date:  The first day  of the month coincident with or
next following a Participant's Normal Retirement Age.

(m) Participant:   An  Eligible Employee  who has  met the  requirements 
Section 2.1 hereof, and whose participation has not been terminated.

(n) Plan:   The National Western Life Insurance Company Non-Qualified Defined
Benefit Plan, as set  forth herein, and  as it may  be amended from  time to
time.

(o)  Plan Year:  The  twelve month period beginning on  January 1 and ending
on December 31 each year.

(p)  Qualified  Plan:  The  National Western Life  Insurance Company Pension
Plan, as it may be amended from time-to-time.

(q)  Service:   The period of  a Participant's  employment  considered in the
determination of his  eligibility hereunder  and in  the calculation  of the
vested amount of his benefits.  A  Participant's Service shall be determined
in twelve (12) month periods,  commencing with the twelve  (12) month period
that begins on his date  of hire with the Employer,  and thereafter based on
Plan Years, including  the Plan Year  within which  falls his date  of hire.
During such twelve (12) month periods, a Year  of Service will be granted if
the Participant  completes at least  one thousand (1,000)  Hours of Service.
An Hour of Service is each  hour of which the Participant  is paid by virtue
of his employment  with the Employer,  including hours paid  but not worked,
and including  hours  completed prior  to  the date  he  actually becomes  a
Participant hereunder.

1.3  Construction

The masculine  gender,  where appearing  in  the Plan,  shall  be deemed  to
include the  feminine  gender, and  the  singular may  indicate  the plural,
unless the  context clearly  indicates the  contrary.   The  words "hereof",
"herein", "hereunder" and other similar compounds  of the word "here" shall,
unless otherwise specifically stated, mean and refer to the entire Plan, not
to any particular  provision or Section.   Article and  Section headings are
included for convenience  of reference and  are not  intended to add  to, or
subtract from, the terms of the Plan.


                                 ARTICLE II

                                ELIGIBILITY


2.1  Eligibility Requirements

An Eligible Employee  shall become a  Participant hereunder as  of the first
January 1 or July 1 which is coincident  with or next follows his completion
of one (1) Year of Service.


                                ARTICLE III

                                  FUNDING

3.1  Funding

The Employer is under no obligation to earmark or set aside any funds toward
the funding of this Plan.   However, it is intended that  the benefits to be
provided to each Participant hereunder shall be paid  from the assets of the
National Western Life Insurance Company  Non-Qualified Plans Trust, designed
to be an irrevocable  grantor trust  under Code Section 671.  However, if the
assets of  such trust  are not  available or  are  insufficient to  pay such
benefits, then benefits hereunder shall  be paid from the  general assets of
the Employer.


                                 ARTICLE IV

                          BENEFITS UNDER THE PLAN


4.1  Normal Retirement Benefit

The benefit to be paid pursuant to this Plan to a Participant who retires at
his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to a.  less b.  less c., but in no
event greater than d., where:

(a)  equals the benefit  which would have been  payable at the Participant's
Normal Retirement Date under the terms of the  Qualified Plan as of December
31, 1990, as if that  plan had continued without  change, and without regard
to limitations applicable under Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415, and

(b)  equals the  benefit which actually  becomes payable under  the terms of
the Qualified Plan at the Participant's Normal Retirement Date, and

(c)  equals the Actuarially Equivalent life annuity which may be provided by
an accumulation of  two percent (2%)  of the Participant's  Compensation for
each year of Service on and after  the Effective Date hereunder, accumulated
at an assumed  interest rate  of eight  and one-half  percent (8.5%)  to his
Normal Retirement Date, and

(d)  equals the benefit  which would have been  payable at the Participant's
Normal Retirement Date under the terms of the  Qualified Plan as of December
31, 1990, as if that  plan had continued without  change, and without regard
to limitations  applicable under  Code Sections  401(a)(17) and  415, except
that the proration over fifteen (15) years  shall instead be calculated over
thirty (30) years  (i. e.  the benefit shall  equal fifty  percent (50%)  of
Final Average  Compensation less  fifty percent  (50%) of  Primary Insurance
Amount as defined under the Qualified Plan, for thirty (30) or more years of
service at Normal  Retirement Date  or, alternatively, each  portion of  the
formula shall be determined as One and  two-thirds percent (1.667%) for each
year of service  to the maximum  thirty (30)  years of service),  and except
that NWAMI Compensation normally excluded by reason of Section 1.2(e) hereof
shall be included, less the benefit provided under the Qualified Plan.

The foregoing  benefit  shall  be payable  as  of  the Participant's  Normal
Retirement Date, in accordance with Article V hereof as to form and duration
of payment.

4.2 Late Retirement Benefit

The benefit to be  paid pursuant to this  Plan to a  Participant who retires
after his Normal Retirement Date shall be  equal to a.  less   b.  less  c.,
but not greater than d., where:

(a)  equals the  Actuarial Equivalent of  the benefit which  would have  been
payable at the Participant's Normal  Retirement Date under the  terms of the
Qualified Plan  as of  December  31, 1990,  as  if that  plan  had continued
without change,  and without  regard  to limitations  applicable  under Code
Sections 401(a)(17) and 415, and

(b)  equals the  benefit which actually  becomes payable under  the terms of
the Qualified Plan at the Participant's Late Retirement Date, and

(c)  equals the Actuarially Equivalent life annuity which may be provided by
an accumulation of  two percent (2%)  of the Participant's  Compensation for
each year of Service on and after  the Effective Date hereunder, accumulated
at an assumed interest rate of eight and one-half percent (8.5%) to his Late
Retirement Date, and

(d)  equals the  benefit which would have  been payable at the Participant's
Late Retirement Date under  the terms of  the Qualified Plan  as of December
31, 1990, as if that  plan had continued without  change, and without regard
to limitations  applicable under  Code Sections  401(a)(17) and  415, except
that the proration over fifteen (15) years  shall instead be calculated over
thirty (30) years  (i. e.  the benefit shall  equal fifty  percent (50%)  of
Final Average  Compensation less  fifty percent  (50%) of  Primary Insurance
Amount as defined under the Qualified Plan, for thirty (30) or more years of
service at  Late Retirement  Date  or, alternatively,  each  portion of  the
formula shall be determined as One and  two-thirds percent (1.667%) for each
year of service  to the maximum  thirty (30)  years of service),  and except
that NWAMI Compensation normally excluded by reason of Section 1.2(e) hereof
shall be included, less the benefit provided under the Qualified Plan.

The foregoing benefit  shall be  payable as  of the first  day of  the month
following the Participant's termination of employment  from  the Employer, in
accordance with Article V  hereof as to form and duration of payment.

4.3  Early Retirement Benefit

The benefit to be  paid pursuant to this  Plan to a  Participant who retires
after his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to a.  less b.  less c., but
not greater than d., where:

(a)  equals the benefit  which would have been  payable at the Participant's
Normal Retirement Date under the terms of the  Qualified Plan as of December
31, 1990, as if that  plan had continued without  change, and without regard
to limitations applicable under Code Sections  401(a)(17) and 415, multiplied
by a fraction,  the numerator  of which is  his years  of Service as  of his
Early Retirement Date, and the denominator of which  is his  years of Service
he would  have  earned had  his  employment continued  uninterrupted  to his
Normal Retirement Date, and

(b)   equals the  benefit which  would  be payable  under the  terms  of the
Qualified Plan if his  retirement under such  plan were effective  as of the
same date, and

(c)  equals the Actuarially Equivalent life annuity which may be provided by
an accumulation of  two percent (2%)  of the Participant's  Compensation for
each year of Service on and after  the Effective Date hereunder, accumulated
at an assumed  interest rate  of eight  and one-half  percent (8.5%)  to his
Early Retirement Date; and

(d)  equals the benefit  which would have been  payable at the Participant's
Normal Retirement Date under the terms of the  Qualified Plan as of December
31, 1990, as if that  plan had continued without  change, and without regard
to limitations  applicable under  Code Sections  401(a)(17) and  415, except
that the proration over fifteen (15) years  shall instead be calculated over
thirty (30) years  (i. e.  the benefit shall  equal fifty  percent (50%)  of
Final Average  Compensation less  fifty percent  (50%) of  Primary Insurance
Amount as defined under the Qualified Plan, for thirty (30) or more years of
service at Early  Retirement Date  or,  alternatively, each  portion of  the
formula shall be determined as One and  two-thirds percent (1.667%) for each
year of service  to the maximum  thirty (30)  years of service),  and except
that NWAMI Compensation normally excluded by reason of Section 1.2(e) hereof
shall be included, less the benefit provided under the Qualified Plan.  Such
benefit shall then be  multiplied by a  fraction, the numerator  of which is
his years of Service as of his Early retirement Date,  and the denominator of
which is  his years  of  Service he  would  have earned  had  his employment
continued uninterrupted to his Normal Retirement Date.

The foregoing  benefit  shall be  payable  as of  the  Participant's    Early
Retirement Date, in accordance with Article V hereof as to form and duration
of payment.   Such  benefit shall be reduced to reflect  earlier commencement,
by one  fifteenth (1/15th)  for each  of the  first five  (5) years  and one
thirtieth (1/30th) for each  of the next five  (5) years by  which the Early
Retirement Date precedes the Participant's Normal Retirement Date, with such
reduction interpolated between whole years of completed months.

4.4  Disability Retirement Benefit

If a  Participant  who  has completed  five  (5)  years  of Service  becomes
Disabled, the benefit to be paid pursuant to this  Plan shall be equal to a.
less b.  less c., but not greater than d., where:

(a)  equals the benefit  which would have been  payable at the Participant's
Normal Retirement Date under the terms of the  Qualified Plan as of December
31, 1990, as if that  plan had continued without  change, and without regard
to limitations applicable under Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415, and

(b)  equals the  benefit which actually  becomes payable under  the terms of
the Qualified Plan at the Participant's Disability Retirement Date, and

(c)  equals the Actuarially Equivalent life annuity which may be provided by
an accumulation  of  two  percent  (2%)  of the  Participant's  Compensation
(assuming his Compensation continues  unchanged from his  last complete year
of employment) for  each year  of Service  on and  after the  Effective Date
hereunder, accumulated at  an assumed  interest rate  of eight  and one-half
percent (8.5%) to his Normal Retirement Date, and

(d)  equals the benefit  which would have been  payable at the Participant's
Normal Retirement Date under the terms of the  Qualified Plan as of December
31, 1990, as if that  plan had continued without  change, and without regard
to limitations  applicable under  Code Sections  401(a)(17) and  415, except
that the proration over fifteen (15) years  shall instead be calculated over
thirty (30) years  (i. e.  the benefit shall  equal fifty  percent (50%)  of
Final Average  Compensation less  fifty percent  (50%) of  Primary Insurance
Amount as defined under the Qualified Plan, for thirty (30) or more years of
service at Normal  Retirement Date  or, alternatively, each  portion of  the
formula shall be determined as One and  two-thirds percent (1.667%) for each
year of service  to the maximum  thirty (30)  years of service),  and except
that NWAMI Compensation normally excluded by reason of Section 1.2(e) hereof
shall be included, less the benefit provided under the Qualified Plan.

The foregoing  benefit  shall  be payable  as  of  the Participant's  Normal
Retirement Date, in accordance with Article V hereof as to form and duration
of payment.

4.5 Benefit at Termination of Employment

The benefit to be paid pursuant to this Plan to a Participant who terminates
his employment at  a time when  he is not  entitled   to a Normal  Retirement,
Late Retirement, Early  Retirement, Disability Retirement,  or Death Benefit
shall be equal to a.  less b.  less  c., but not greater than d., multiplied
by e., where:

(a)  equals the benefit  which would have been  payable at the Participant's
Normal Retirement Date under the terms of the  Qualified Plan as of December
31, 1990, as if that  plan had continued without  change, and without regard
to limitations applicable under Code Sections  401(a)(17) and 415, multiplied
by a fraction, the numerator of which is his years of Service as of his date
of termination of employment with the Employer, and the denominator of which
is his years of  Service he would  have earned had  his employment  continued
uninterrupted to his Normal Retirement Date, and

(b)   equals the  benefit which  would  be payable  under the  terms  of the
Qualified Plan if his  retirement under such  plan were effective  as of the
same date, and

(c)  equals the Actuarially Equivalent life annuity which may be provided by
an accumulation of  two percent (2%)  of the Participant's  Compensation for
each year of Service on and after  the Effective Date hereunder, accumulated
at an assumed interest rate of eight and one-half percent (8.5%) to his date
of termination of employment with the Employer.

(d)  equals the benefit  which would have been  payable at the Participant's
Normal Retirement Date under the terms of the  Qualified Plan as of December
31, 1990, as if that  plan had continued without  change, and without regard
to limitations  applicable under  Code Sections  401(a)(17) and  415, except
that the proration over fifteen (15) years  shall instead be calculated over
thirty (30) years  (i. e.  the benefit shall  equal fifty  percent (50%)  of
Final Average  Compensation less  fifty percent  (50%) of  Primary Insurance
Amount as defined under the Qualified Plan, for thirty (30) or more years of
service at Normal  Retirement Date  or, alternatively, each  portion of  the
formula shall be determined as One and  two-thirds percent (1.667%) for each
year of  service to  the maximum  thirty (30)  years  of service),  less the
benefit  provided  under   the  Qualified   Plan,  and  except   that  NWAMI
Compensation normally excluded by  reason of Section 1.2(e)  hereof shall be
included, such benefit multiplied by  a fraction, the numerator  of which is
his years of Service as  of his date  of termination of employment  with the
Employer, and the denominator of which is his years of Service he would have
earned had his employment  continued uninterrupted to  his Normal Retirement
Date, and

(e)  is one hundred percent (100%) if the  Participant is at a level equal to
or higher  than  Executive  Vice  President,  and  in  all  other  cases  is
determined based on the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Year of Service               Percent

          <S>                            <C>

          Less than 3 years                0%
          3 years                         20%
          4 years                         40%
          5 years                         60%
          6 years                         80%
          7 years or more                100%

</TABLE>

The foregoing  benefit  shall  be payable  as  of  the Participant's  Normal
Retirement Date, unless  at his date  of termination of  employment with the
Employer he had completed at  least fifteen (15) years  of Service, in which
event it shall be payable as  of the first day of  the month coincident with
or following his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday, reduced in accordance with the
provisions of Section 4.3 hereof.   The benefit shall  be paid in accordance
with Article V hereof as to form and duration of payment.

4.6 Pre-Retirement Death Benefit

If a  Participant dies while  in the  active  service of  the Employer,  his
Beneficiary shall be  entitled to  receive the  Actuarial Equivalent  of his
Accrued Benefit that would have been payable  at his Normal Retirement Date.
Such benefit shall be  payable as of the  first day of  the month coinciding
with or next  following the date of  the Participant's death,  in accordance
with Article V hereof as to form and duration of payment.

If a Participant dies following his termination of employment at a time when
he is  entitled  to  a  deferred  benefit  under  Section  4.5  hereof,  his
Beneficiary shall be  entitled to  receive the  Actuarial Equivalent  of his
vested Accrued Benefit that would have been payable at his  Normal Retirement
Date.   Such benefit  shall be  payable as  of the  first  day of  the month
coinciding with or next following the date  of the Participant's  death, in
accordance with Article V hereof as to form and duration of payment.


                                 ARTICLE V

                    DETERMINATION OF PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT


5.1  Form of Payment

A Participant or  Beneficiary entitled to  payment shall receive  his vested
Accrued Benefit  payable    in  the form  of  an  annuity  purchased from  a
commercial insurer, in a form  as  available from such  insurer, and based on
the applicable market rates at  that time.  The election  of a specific form
of payment under  the annuity contract  shall be  made in writing,  prior to
receipt of first payment, and shall be irrevocable.

5.2  Special Payment Provision

As to the Participants  whose position with  the Employer is  that of either
Chairman of the Board or  President, an election shall  be made available to
such person,  as of  the date  of execution  of this  Plan, relative  to the
payment of his benefit in  the form of an  Actuarially Equivalent single sum
value.   Such  election  shall provide  that  payment  of the  Participant's
benefit, at  whatever  date it  becomes  payable, shall  either  be made  as
permitted under  Section  5.1  hereof,  or  in  the  alternative  lump  sum.
Further, such election  shall allow  such Participants  to elect  to receive
payment, notwithstanding any  other provisions of  this Plan, either  at the
earlier of date  of termination  of employment from  the Employer  or Normal
Retirement Date, or the later of date of  termination of employment from the
Employer or Normal Retirement Date.  The election shall be provided only one
time, shall be made in writing, and shall be irrevocable.


                                 ARTICLE VI

                               MISCELLANEOUS

6.1  Administration of the Plan

The Plan shall be  administered by the Employer.   The books  and records of
the Plan shall be maintained  by the Employer at its  expense, and no member
of the Board of Directors  of the Employer, or any  employee of the Employer
acting on its behalf, shall be liable to any  person for any action taken or
omitted  in  connection  with   the  administration  of   the  Plan,  unless
attributable to his own fraud or willful misconduct.

6.2  Amendment of the Plan

The Plan may  be amended,  in whole  or in part,  from time-to-time,  by the
Board of Directors of the Employer, without the consent of any other party.

6.3  Termination of the Plan

The Plan  may  be  terminated,  at any  time,  by  action  of  the Board  of
Directors, without the consent of any other party.   The termination of this
Plan shall  not result  in  the granting  of  any additional  rights  to any
Participant, such as full vesting of his Account, except  as already provided
under the terms of  Article IV hereof.

6.4  Notices to Participants

From time-to-time, the Employer shall provide a Participant with a statement
regarding his  Accrued Benefit.   Further,  a Participant  will  be provided
written notice of any amendment of the Plan  that affects his rights herein,
and of the termination of the Plan.

6.5  Non-Alienation

To the extent permitted by law, the right  of any Participant or Beneficiary
in any  Account balance  hereunder shall  not be  subject  in any  manner to
attachment or  other legal  process  for the  debts of  such  Participant or
Beneficiary,  and  any  such  Account  balance   shall  not  be  subject  to
anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment or encumbrance.



IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,   and as  conclusive evidence  of  the adoption  of the

foregoing instrument comprising the National  Western Life Insurance Company

Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan, NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE  COMPANY,

as the Employer, has caused its seal to be affixed hereto and these presents

to be duly executed in its name and  behalf by its proper officers thereunto

authorized this 26th day of July, 1991.


ATTEST:                            NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE
                                   INSURANCE COMPANY



/S/ Margaret M. Simpson       /S/ William P. Tedrow
Asst. Secretary               Name: 
                              Title:




                     EXHIBIT 10(c) - MATERIAL CONTRACTS

                  NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                  NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

                                 Effective
                               April 1, 1995


                             Table of Contents




ARTICLE I - Purpose, Definitions and Construction
     1.1  Purpose of the Plan
     1.2  Definitions
     1.3  Construction

ARTICLE II - Eligibility
     2.1  Initial Eligibility Requirements
     2.2  Eligibility Requirements for Subsequent Plan Years

ARTICLE III - Contributions to the Plan
     3.1  Participant Contributions
     3.2  Employer Mandatory Matching Contributions
     3.3  Employer Discretionary Matching Contributions
     3.4  Employer Mandatory Non-Matching Contributions
     3.5  Establishment of Account

ARTICLE IV - Allocation and Investment
     4.1  Allocation
     4.2  Establishment of Trust
     4.3  Allocation of Investment Earnings

ARTICLE V - Determination of Payment of Account
     5.1  Vesting of Account
     5.2  Determination of Account
     5.3  Timing of Payment
     5.4  Form of Payment

ARTICLE VI - Miscellaneous
     6.1  Administration of the Plan
     6.2  Amendment of the Plan
     6.3  Termination of the Plan
     6.4  Notices to Participants
     6.5  Non-Alienation



                                 ARTICLE I

                   PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION


1.1  Purpose of the Plan

This Plan is established by the Employer to permit certain select management
employees, who are defined  below, to defer  the payment of  a percentage of
their Compensation, and in addition thereto, to provide for certain Employer
contributions to augment  such employees' retirement  income.  This  Plan is
not intended to, and does  not, qualify under Sections  401(a) and 501(a) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  and  is  designed   to  be  exempt  from  the
requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.

1.2  Definitions

The following terms,  when found in  the Plan,  shall have the  meanings set
forth below:

(a)  Account Balance:  At any time, the  total of all amounts credited under
the terms of the Plan  to a Participant, the rights  to which are determined
under the Plan.

(b)  Beneficiary:  The person(s) and/or the trust(s) created for the benefit
of a  person or  persons who  are the  natural  object of  the Participant's
bounty,  or  the  Participant's  estate,  whichever  is  designated  by  the
Participant to receive the benefits payable hereunder upon his death.

(c)  Code:   The Internal Revenue  Code of 1986,  as it may  be amended from
time to time, including any successor.

(d)  Committee:  The individuals appointed by  the Board of Directors of the
Employer, and know as the Administrative Committee, to manage and direct the
operation and administration of the Plan.

(e)  Compensation:  Compensation  shall be the total  cash remuneration paid
by the  Employer during  each Plan  Year,  as reported  on Form  W-2  or its
subsequent  equivalent,  including   bonuses,  fees,   commissions,  amounts
deferred under Code Sections 401(k) and 125,  and amounts deferred under any
other non-qualified  program of  salary reduction.    Compensation hereunder
shall not be subject  to any limitations applicable  to tax-qualified plans,
such as pursuant to Code Sections 401(a)(17) or 415.

(f)  Disability:  A physical or mental  condition of a Participant resulting
from bodily injury, disease  or mental disorder which  renders him incapable
of continuing any gainful occupation.  The determination of Disability shall
be made either as a result of the Participant qualifying for a pension under
the federal  Social  Security  Act,  or  based  upon  such  evidence  as  is
determined to be applicable by the Employer in its sole discretion.

(g)  Effective Date:  April 1, 1995. 

(h)  Eligible Employee:   A person employed by the  Employer in the position
of Senior Vice President  or above, or a  person who has  been designated by
the President of the Employer, by name, position, or in any other manner, as
being in the class of  persons who are eligible to  participate in the Plan.
Such latter designation  shall be made  in writing  by the President  of the
Employer.  However, no  person who is an  employee of the  Employer shall be
selected as an  Eligible Employee  except a  member of  the select  group of
management or highly compensated employees of the  Employer, as such term is
defined under Section 201 of the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, and regulations and  rulings promulgated thereunder  by the Department
of Labor.

(i)   Employer:   National  Western  Life Insurance  Company,  a corporation
organized and  existing  under the  laws  of  the State  of  Texas, and  any
successor or successors.

(j)   Hours of  Service:   An Hour  of Service  is each  hour for  which the
Participant is paid by virtue of his employment with the Employer, including
hours paid but not worked,  and including hours completed  prior to the date
he actually becomes a Participant hereunder.

(k)   Initial Participation  Period:   The  time period  beginning  when the
Eligible Employee first completes an Hour of Service until the first January
1 or July 1 which is  coincident with or next follows  his completion of one
(1) year of service.

(l)  Normal  Retirement Age:   The date on  which a Participant  attains age
sixty-five (65).

(m)  Normal Retirement Date:  The first day  of the month coincident with or
next following a Participant's Normal Retirement Age.

(n)  Participant:   An  Eligible Employee  who has  met the  requirements 
Section 2.1 hereof, and whose participation has not been terminated.

(o) Plan:    The  National  Western  Life  Insurance  Company  Non-Qulified
Deferred Compensation Plan, as  set forth herein,  and as it  may be amended
from time to time.

(p)  Plan Quarter:  The three month period  beginning on January 1, April 1,
July 1  or October  1  and ending  on March  31,  June 30,  September  30 or
December 31.

(q)  Plan Year:  The  twelve month period beginning on  January 1 and ending
on December 31 each year.

(r)  Valuation Date:  The  date as of which the Plan  is valued and gains or
losses allocated,  which  shall  be March  31,  June  30,  September 30  and
December 31 of each Plan Year.  However, the Committee may use more frequent
Valuation Dates if it so desires.

(s)  Years  of Service:   The  period of  an Eligible  Employee's employment
considered in the  calculation of  the vested  amount of  his benefits.   An
Eligible Employee's  service  shall  be  determined  in  twelve  (12)  month
periods,  based on  Plan Years, including  the Plan Year  within which falls
his date of hire.  During such twelve (12)  month periods, a Year of Service
will be granted  if the  Eligible Employee completes  at least  one thousand
(1,000) Hours of Service.  

1.3  Construction

The masculine  gender,  where appearing  in  the Plan,  shall  be deemed  to
include the  feminine  gender, and  the  singular may  indicate  the plural,
unless the  context clearly  indicates the  contrary.   The  words "hereof",
"herein", "hereunder" and other similar compounds  of the word "here" shall,
unless otherwise specifically stated, mean and refer to the entire Plan, not
to any particular  provision or Section.   Article and  Section headings are
included for convenience  of reference and  are not  intended to add  to, or
subtract from, the terms of the Plan.


                                 ARTICLE II

                                ELIGIBILITY


2.1  Initial Eligibility Requirements

An Eligible Employee may elect to become a Participant hereunder on the date
the Eligible Employee first completes  an Hour of Service  for the Employer.
An election to  become a  Participant shall  be made no  later than  30 days
after the date the Eligible Employee first completes  an Hour of Service for
the Employer.

2.2  Eligibility Requirements for Subsequent Plan Years

An Eligible Employee who does  not become a Participant  when first eligible
under the  provisions  of Section  2.1  may elect  to  become a  Participant
hereunder as of the  first day of any  subsequent Plan Year  by executing an
enrollment form at least 30 days prior to the beginning of such Plan Year.


                                ARTICLE III

                         CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN


3.1  Participant Contributions

Each Employee who becomes a Participant in accordance with Article II hereof
may elect to make contributions to the Plan on a pre-tax basis equal to full
percentage increments of his Compensation for  the quarter, from one percent
(1%) to fifty percent (50%).

Each Participant's  pre-tax  salary  deferral  agreement  shall be  made  in
writing on  such  forms  as the  Committee  shall  prescribe,  and shall  be
effective on  a  Plan  Year  basis,  or  until  changed in  accordance  with
subsequent provisions  of  this  Section  3.1.    A  Participant's  election
hereunder may be completely discontinued at any time,  and may be changed as
of any Valuation Date,  provided that notice  of such change  is received at
least thirty (30) days prior  to such Valuation Date  for Compensation to be
earned for services rendered following such date,  or within such time frame
as is  approved  by  the  Committee.    If,  as  of any  Valuation  Date,  a
Participant does not submit a  new election, his previous  election shall be
deemed  to continue.

3.2  Employer Mandatory Matching Contributions

The Employer  shall make  an Employer  mandatory matching  contribution each
Plan Quarter equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Participant's contributions
made under Section 3.1  of this Plan,   limited to no more  than two percent
(2%) of the Participant's Compensation  for the quarter, that  exceeds, on a
year to  date  basis, the  OBRA'93  annual compensation  limit  ($150,000 in
1995), as adjusted by the  Commissioner for increases in  the cost of living
in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code.

However, during any Participant's Initial Participation Period, the Employer
shall make  an Employer  mandatory matching  contribution each  Plan Quarter
equal to fifty percent  (50%) of the Participant's  contributions made under
Section 3.1 of this  Plan, limited to no  more than two percent  (2%) of the
Participant's Compensation for the quarter.

3.3  Employer Discretionary Matching Contributions

The Employer may make an additional matching contribution each Plan Quarter,
to be known  as an  Employer discretionary  matching contribution,  equal to
fifty percent (50%) of  the Participant's contributions made  under  Section
3.1 of  this  Plan,  limited  to  no  more  than  two percent  (2%)  of  the
Participant's Compensation for the quarter.

The  determination  as   to  whether  an   Employer  discretionary  matching
contribution shall be made is in the sole discretion of the President of the
Employer, determined on an quarterly basis.

3.4  Employer Mandatory Non-Matching Contributions

The Employer shall make an Employer mandatory non-matching contribution each
Plan Quarter equal to two percent (2%) of the participant's Compensation for
the quarter  that exceeds,  on  a year  to  date basis,  the  OBRA'93 annual
compensation limit ($150,000 in  1995), as adjusted by  the Commissioner for
increases in the cost of living in  accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of
the Code.

However, during any Participant's Initial Participation Period, the Employer
shall make an Employer mandatory non-matching contribution each Plan Quarter
equal to two percent (2%) of the Participant's Compensation for the quarter.

3.5  Establishment of Account

Each Participant herein  shall have  maintained in his  name an  Account, to
which shall be credited his  salary reduction contributions, as  well as his
allocable share  of  Employer contributions  made  under the  terms  of this
Article.    A  Participant's  Account  shall   reflect  his  share  of  such
contributions, including  his  allocable  share  of  any  gains  and  losses
pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof.


                                 ARTICLE IV

                         ALLOCATION AND INVESTMENT


4.1  Allocation

Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof  shall be allocated to the
Account of  the  Participant  from  whose  Compensation  such  amounts  were
reduced, as  soon  as  practicable  following  the  date  of  actual  salary
reduction.

Any contribution made pursuant to  Section 3.2, 3.3 and  3.4 hereof shall be
allocated to each participant who is in the active employ of the Employer as
of the last day  of the Plan Quarter  for which such  contribution was made,
unless that Participant's  termination of employment  is as a  result of his
death, Disability, attainment of Normal Retirement  Age, or such other cause
as shall be deemed as acceptable by the Board of Directors of the Employer.

4.2  Establishment of Trust

The Employer  shall  establish a  trust  fund with  regard  to the  Accounts
hereunder, designed to  be an irrevocable  grantor trust under  Code Section
671.

4.3  Allocation of Investment Earnings

Investment earnings shall be  credited as of  the last day  of each calendar
quarter, based  on the  actual  investment results  for such  quarter.   The
earnings to be allocated will be allocated  to each Participant's Account in
the proportion that  the Participant's Account  balance at the  beginning of
the quarter, less any withdrawals during the quarter, plus one-half (1/2) of
any additions made to the Account during the  quarter, bears to the total of
all such Accounts.

If more  than  one investment  fund  is maintained,  each  Participant shall
provide  an  election  as  to   the  investment  of  his   Accounts.    Each
Participant's investment election shall be made in writing, on such forms as
the Committee shall  prescribe, and  shall remain effective  hereunder until
changed.   A  Participant's election  hereunder  may be  changed  as of  any
Valuation Date, provided  that notice  of such change  is received  at least
thirty (30) days prior to such Valuation Date,  or within such time frame as
is approved by the Committee.


                                 ARTICLE V

                    DETERMINATION OF PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT


5.1  Vesting of Account

The Participant's Account derived from contributions  made under Section 3.1
hereof shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested and non-forfeitable at all
times.

As to  a Participant  who is  at the  level of  Executive Vice  President or
above, his  total Account  shall be  one hundred  percent (100%)  vested and
non-forfeitable at all times.

As to all other Participants,  and as to the amount  of such a Participant's
Account other than that derived from  contributions made pursuant to Section
3.1 hereof, such Account shall become one  hundred percent (100%) vested and
non-forfeitable in accordance with the following:

(a)  Upon the retirement of a Participant  at or after his Normal Retirement
Date.

(b)  Upon  a determination of  Disability in accordance  with Section 1.2(e)
hereof.

(c)  Upon the death of a Participant.

Prior to the occurrence  of any of  the foregoing, such  a Participant shall
become vested in his Account in accordance with the following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

            Years of Service
           With the Employer             Vested Percentage

              <S>                                <C>

              Less than 3                          0%
               3                                  20%
               4                                  40%
               5                                  60%
               6                                  80%
               7 or more                         100%

</TABLE>


5.2  Determination of Account

As of  the  date  of a  Participant's  termination  of  employment with  the
Employer (including termination  due to  any of  the events  specified under
Section 5.1  hereof),  his vested  Account  balance shall  be  determined in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5.1 above.   Thereafter, as of the
last day  of  the  Plan  Quarter  coincident  with  or  next  following  his
termination of employment,  the non-vested portion  of his Account  shall be
forfeited.  Such forfeited amount shall be used to first reduce the Employer
contributions specified  under  Sections 3.2,  3.3  and 3.4  hereof  and any
remaining amounts shall  be reallocated  among all Participants  eligible to
receive Employer contributions as of such date  under Section 4.1 hereof, in
the proportion  that such  Participant's Compensation  for the  Plan Quarter
bears to the Compensation for the Plan  Quarter of all Participants eligible
for such contribution.

5.3  Timing of Payment

A Participant,  or  in  the  case  of  a  benefit  due  to the  death  of  a
Participant, his Beneficiary,  shall be  entitled to  payment of  his vested
Account balance  immediately  following the  termination  of his  employment
status with the Employer.

Payment shall be  made as soon  as administratively feasible  following such
event, based on the Participant's Account balance as  of the last day of the
calendar quarter next preceding the  date of distribution.   However, if the
Employer determines that such payment  would not be in  the best interest of
remaining participants due  to fluctuations  in the value  of the  trust, no
distribution shall  be  made  until  a  subsequent  value  of the  trust  is
determined, as of the  last day of the  calendar quarter in  which the event
requiring distribution occurs.

5.4  Form of Payment

A Participant or Beneficiary entitled to payment shall receive a single lump
sum payment.  


                                 ARTICLE VI

                               MISCELLANEOUS

6.1  Administration of the Plan

The Plan shall be  administered by the Employer.   The books  and records of
the Plan shall be maintained  by the Employer at its  expense, and no member
of the Board of Directors  of the Employer, or any  employee of the Employer
acting on its behalf, shall be liable to any  person for any action taken or
omitted  in  connection  with   the  administration  of   the  Plan,  unless
attributable to his own fraud or willful misconduct.

6.2  Amendment of the Plan

The Plan may  be amended,  in whole  or in part,  from time-to-time,  by the
Board of Directors of the Employer, without the consent of any other party.

6.3  Termination of the Plan

The Plan  may  be  terminated,  at any  time,  by  action  of  the Board  of
Directors, without the consent of any other party.   The termination of this
Plan shall  not result  in  the granting  of  any additional  rights  to any
Participant, such  as,  to the  extent  not  funded,   full  vesting of  his
Account, except as already provided under the terms of Section 5.1 hereof.

6.4  Notices to Participants

From  time-to-time,  the  Employer  shall  provide  a  Participant  with  an
accounting of the  value of  his Account.   Further,  a Participant  will be
provided written notice of any amendment of the Plan that affects his rights
herein, and of the termination of the Plan.

6.5  Non-Alienation

To the extent permitted by law, the right  of any Participant or Beneficiary
in any  Account balance  hereunder shall  not be  subject  in any  manner to
attachment or  other legal  process  for the  debts of  such  Participant or
Beneficiary,  and  any  such  Account  balance   shall  not  be  subject  to
anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment or encumbrance.



IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,   and as  conclusive evidence  of  the adoption  of the

foregoing instrument comprising the National  Western Life Insurance Company

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation  Plan as amended  and restated effective

April 1, 1995, NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, as the Employer, has

caused its seal to be affixed hereto and  these presents to be duly executed

in its name and behalf by its proper officers thereunto authorized this 27th

day of March, 1995.


ATTEST:                            NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE
                                   INSURANCE COMPANY



/S/ James P. Payne                 /S/ Ross R. Moody                        
Secretary                          Name:
                                   Title:




                        EXHIBIT 10(d) - MATERIAL CONTRACTS

                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
                     NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                    NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

    WHEREAS, the Plan was originally established effective April 1, 1995; and

    WHEREAS, Section 6.2 of the Plan permits the Company to amend the Plan at
anytime; and

    WHEREAS, the Company desires to change certain provisions of the Plan;

    NOW THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1.  Section 1.2(k), Initial Participation Period, is hereby replaced with the 
following, effective July 1, 1995:

"The time period beginning when the Eligible Employee first completes and Hour
of Service until the first January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 which is 
coincident with or next follows the earlier of (i) six (6) months after the
date the Employee first completes an Hour of Service for the Employer, 
provided the Employee completes five hundred (500) Hours of Service during 
such six (6) month period or (ii) the date he completes one (1) Year of
Service."

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, National Western Life Insurance Company has 
executed this First Amendment.

    ATTEST:                    National Western Life Insurance Company

                               By:  /S/ Ross R. Moody

                               Its:  President






                     EXHIBIT 10(e) - MATERIAL CONTRACTS

   NATIONAL WESTERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY 1995 STOCK AND INCENTIVE PLAN



I.  PURPOSE

PLAN (the "Plan") is to provide a means  through which National Western Life
Insurance  Company,  a   Colorado  corporation  (the   "Company"),  and  its
subsidiaries may  attract  able  persons  to  enter  the  employ  or  become
directors of the Company and  to provide a means  whereby those persons upon
whom the responsibilities of the successful administration and management of
the Company  rest,  and whose  present  and potential  contributions  to the
welfare of the  Company are  of importance, can  acquire and  maintain stock
ownership, thereby  strengthening  their  concern  for  the welfare  of  the
Company and their desire to remain in its employ or as directors.  A further
purpose of the Plan is to provide such persons with additional incentive and
reward opportunities  designed  to  enhance  the  profitable growth  of  the
Company.   Accordingly,  the  Plan  provides  for granting  Incentive  Stock
Options, options  which do  not  constitute Incentive  Stock  Options, Stock
Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards,  Performance Awards, Incentive
Awards, or  any combination  of  the foregoing,  as  is best  suited  to the
circumstances of the particular person as provided herein.

II.  DEFINITIONS

The following  definitions shall  be applicable  throughout the  Plan unless
specifically modified by any paragraph:

(a)   "Award" means,  individually or  collectively, any  Option, Restricted
Stock Award,  Performance  Award,  Incentive  Award,  or Stock  Appreciation
Right.

(b)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c)   A "Change of  Control" of the Company occurs if:  (1) any "person," as
such term is used  in Sections 13(d) and  14(d)(2) of the  1934 Act, becomes
the beneficial owner, directly  or indirectly, of securities  of the Company
representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the
Company's outstanding securities then  entitled to vote for  the election of
directors; or (ii) during  any period of two  consecutive years, individuals
who at  the beginning  of such  period constitute  the  Board cease  for any
reason to constitute at least  a majority thereof; or  (iii) the Board shall
approve the sale of all  or substantially all of the  assets of the Company;
or (iv)  the  Board shall  approve  any merger,  consolidation,  issuance of
securities or  purchase  of  assets,  the  result  of  which  would  be  the
occurrence of any event described in clause (i) or (ii) above.

(d)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code  of 1986, as amended.  Reference
in the  Plan to  any section  of the  Code shall  be  deemed to  include any
amendments or successor provisions to any  section and any regulations under
such section.

(e) "Committee"  means  not less  than  two  members of  the  Board who  are
selected by the Board as provided in paragraph IV(a).

(f)  "Common  Stock" means  the Class  A common stock,  par value  $1.00 per
share, of the Company.

(g)  "Company" means National Western Life Insurance Company.

(h)  "Director" means an individual elected to the Board by the stockholders
of the Company or by the Board under applicable corporate law who is serving
on the Board on the date  the Plan is adopted by the  Board or is elected to
the Board after such date.

(i)  An "employee" means any person (including  a Director) in an employment
relationship with the Company  or any subsidiary corporation  (as defined in
section 424 of the Code).

(j)  "1934 Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(k)   "Fair Market  Value" means,  if the  Common Stock  is traded  over the
counter at the time a determination of its  fair market value is required to
be made hereunder, its fair market value shall be  deemed to be equal to the
average between the reported high and low or closing bid and asked prices of
Common Stock on  the most  recent date  on which  Common Stock  was publicly
traded.  In  the event  Common Stock is  not publicly  traded at the  time a
determination  of  its  value   is  required  to  be   made  hereunder,  the
determination of its  fair market value  shall be  made by the  Committee in
such manner as it deems appropriate.

(l) "Holder"  means  an employee  or  a nonemployee  Director  who has  been
granted an Award.

(m)  "Incentive  Award" means  an Award  granted under  paragraph XI  of the
Plan.

(n) "Incentive  Award  Agreement"  means  a  written agreement  between  the
Company and a Holder with respect to an Incentive Award.

(o)  "Incentive  Stock Option"  means an incentive  stock option  within the
meaning of section 422 of the Code.

(p)  "Option"  means an Award  granted under paragraph  VII of the  Plan and
includes both Incentive Stock  Options to purchase Common  Stock and Options
which do not constitute Incentive Stock Options to purchase Common Stock.

(q)  "Option Agreement" means a written agreement  between the Company and a
Holder with respect to an Option.

(r)  "Performance  Award" means an  Award granted  under paragraph X  of the
Plan.

(s)  "Performance  Award Agreement"  means a  written agreement  between the
Company and a Holder with respect to a Performance Award.

(t)  "Plan"  means National  Western Life Insurance  Company 1995  Stock and
Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(u)   "Restricted Stock  Agreement" means  a written  agreement  between the
Company and a Holder with respect to a Restricted Stock Award.

(v)  "Restricted Stock Award"  means an Award granted  under paragraph IX of
the Plan.

(w)  "Rule 16b3" means SEC Rule 16b3 promulgated under the 1934 Act, as such
may be amended  from time to  time, and  any successor rule,  regulation, or
statute fulfilling the same or a similar function.

(x)  "Spread" means,  in the case of  a Stock Appreciation  Right, an amount
equal to the excess, if any,  of the Fair Market Value of  a share of Common
Stock on the date  such right is exercised  over the exercise  price of such
Stock Appreciation Right.

(y) "Stock Appreciation Right"  means an Award granted  under paragraph VIII
of the Plan.

(z)  "Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement" means a written agreement between
the Company and  a Holder  with respect  to an  Award of  Stock Appreciation
Rights.

III.  EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall be effective as  of April 21, 1995, the  date of its adoption
by the  Board, provided  the Plan  is approved  by  the shareholders  of the
Company within twelve months thereafter  and on or prior to  the date of the
first annual meeting of shareholders  of the Company held  subsequent to the
acquisition of an equity security by a  Holder hereunder for which exemption
is claimed under Rule 16b3.  No further Awards may be granted under the Plan
after April 20,  2005.   The Plan  shall remain in  effect until  all Awards
granted under the Plan have been satisfied or expired.


IV.  ADMINISTRATION

(a)   Composition  of  Committee.   The  Plan  shall  be  administered by  a
committee which shall be (i) appointed by the  Board; (ii) constituted so as
to permit the Plan to comply with Rule 16b3; and (iii) constituted solely of
"outside directors," within  the meaning of  section 162(m) of  the Code and
applicable interpretive authority  thereunder.  Except  for Awards described
in paragraph VII(h), no member of the Committee shall be eligible to receive
an Award under  the Plan  and no  person who  has received  an Award  in the
preceding year shall be eligible to serve on the Committee.

(b)  Powers.   Subject to  the provisions of  the Plan, the  Committee shall
have sole  authority, in  its discretion,  to determine  which  employees or
Directors shall receive an Award, the time or times when such Award shall be
made, whether  an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  nonqualified Option  or  Stock
Appreciation Right shall  be granted, the  number of shares  of Common Stock
which may  be  issued  under  each  Option,  Stock  Appreciation  Right,  or
Restricted Stock  Award,  and  the  value  of  each  Performance  Award  and
Incentive Award.  In making such determinations  the Committee may take into
account the nature of  the services rendered by  the respective individuals,
their present and potential contribution to  the Company's success, and such
other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant.

(c)  Additional Powers.  The Committee shall  have such additional powers as
are delegated to  it by the  other provisions of  the Plan.   Subject to the
express provisions of the Plan, the Committee  is authorized to construe the
Plan and the  respective agreements  executed thereunder, to  prescribe such
rules and regulations relating to the Plan as it may deem advisable to carry
out the Plan,  and to determine  the terms, restrictions,  and provisions of
each Award, including such  terms, restrictions, and provisions  as shall be
requisite in the  judgment of the  Committee to cause  designated Options to
qualify as Incentive  Stock Options,  and to  make all  other determinations
necessary or  advisable  for  administering the  Plan.    The Committee  may
correct any defect or supply any omission  or reconcile any inconsistency in
any agreement relating to an Award in the manner  and to the extent it shall
deem expedient to carry it into effect.  The determinations of the Committee
on the matters referred to in this Article IV shall be conclusive.

V.  GRANT OF OPTIONS, STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS,
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS,
PERFORMANCE AWARDS AND INCENTIVE AWARDS;
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

(a)  Stock Grant and Award Limits. The Committee may from time to time grant
Awards to  one or  more  individuals determined  by  it to  be  eligible for
participation in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of paragraph VI.
Subject to paragraph  XII, the  aggregate number of  shares of  Common Stock
that may be issued under  the Plan shall not exceed  300,000 shares.  Shares
shall be deemed to  have been issued under  the Plan only (i)  to the extent
actually issued and delivered pursuant to an Award  or (ii) to the extent an
Award granted under paragraph VII, VIII,  IX, or XI is settled  in cash.  To
the extent that an Award  lapses or the rights of  its Holder terminate, any
shares of Common Stock  subject to such  Award shall again  be available for
the grant of an Award.   Separate stock certificates shall  be issued by the
Company for those shares acquired  pursuant to the exercise  of an Incentive
Stock Option and for those  shares acquired pursuant to  the exercise of any
Option which does not constitute an Incentive Stock Option.  Notwithstanding
any provision in the Plan  to the contrary, the maximum  number of shares of
Common Stock that  may be subject  to Awards  granted to any  one individual
during any  calendar  year is  30,000  shares of  Common  Stock (subject  to
adjustment in the same manner  as provided in paragraph  XII with respect to
shares of Common Stock subject to Awards  then outstanding).  The limitation
set forth in the preceding sentence shall be  applied in a manner which will
permit compensation generated in connection with the exercise of Options and
Stock Appreciation Rights  to constitute "performance-base"  compensation for
purposes of  section  162(m) of  the  Code,  including, without  limitation,
counting against such maximum number of shares, to the extent required under
section 162(m) of the Code and applicable interpretive authority thereunder,
any shares  subject  to  Options  or  Stock  Appreciation  Rights  that  are
cancelled or repriced.

(b)  Stock Offered.   The stock  to be offered  pursuant to the  grant of an
Award may be authorized but unissued Common Stock or Common Stock previously
issued and outstanding and reacquired by the Company.


VI.  ELIGIBILITY

Awards made  pursuant to  paragraphs IX,  X and  XI may  be granted  only to
persons who, at the time of grant, are  employees or Directors.  Awards made
pursuant to paragraphs VII and  VIII may be granted only  to persons who, at
the time of  grant, are  employees or  (only as set  forth in  the following
sentence) Directors.    Except  as set  forth  in  paragraph VII(h),  Awards
pursuant to paragraphs VII and  VIII may not be granted  to any Director who
is not an  employee of the  Company.  An  award made pursuant  to paragraphs
VII, VIII, IX, X, or XI may be granted on more than one occasion to the same
person, and, subject to  the limitations set  forth in the  Plan, such Award
may include an Incentive Stock Option or an Option which is not an Incentive
Stock Option,  a  Stock  Appreciation Right,  a  Restricted  Stock Award,  a
Performance Award, an Incentive Award or any combination thereof.

VII.  STOCK OPTIONS

(a)  Option Period.   The term of each  Option shall be as  specified by the
Committee at the date of grant.

(b)  Limitations on Exercise  of Option.  An Option  shall be exercisable in
whole or  in  such installments  and  at  such times  as  determined by  the
Committee.

(c)  Special Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.  To the extent that the
aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the respective Incentive
Stock Option is  granted) of  Common Stock with  respect to  which Incentive
Stock Options granted  after the effective  date hereof are  exercisable for
the first time by an individual during any calendar year under all incentive
stock  option  plans   of  the  Company   and  its  parent   and  subsidiary
corporations, if any, exceeds  $100,000, such Incentive  Stock Options shall
be treated as options which do not constitute  Incentive Stock Options.  The
Committee shall determine, in  accordance with applicable  provisions of the
Code, Treasury Regulations and other administrative pronouncements, which of
an optionee's Incentive  Stock Options  will not constitute  Incentive Stock
Options because of  such limitation  and shall notify  the optionee  of such
determination as soon as practicable after such determination.  No Incentive

Stock Option shall be granted to an individual if, at the time the Option is
granted, such individual  owns stock possessing  more than 10%  of the total
combined voting  power of  all classes  of stock  of the  Company or  of its
parent or  subsidiary corporation,  if any,  within the  meaning  of section
422(b)(6) of the  Code, unless (i)  at the time  such Option is  granted the
option price is at least 110%  of the Fair Market Value  of the Common Stock
subject to the Option and  (ii) such Option by its  terms is not exercisable
after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

(d)   Option  Agreement.    Each Option  shall  be  evidenced  by an  Option
Agreement in such form and containing  such provisions not inconsistent with
the provisions of the Plan as the Committee from time to time shall approve,
including, without  limitation,  provisions to  qualify  an Incentive  Stock
Option under section 422 of  the Code.  An Option  Agreement may provide for
the payment of the option price,  in whole or in part, by  the delivery of a
number of shares  of Common  Stock (plus  cash if  necessary) having  a Fair
Market Value  equal  to such  option  price.   Each  Option Agreement  shall
provide that the Option  may not be  exercised earlier than  six months from
the date of grant and shall specify the  effect of termination of employment
on the  exercisability of  the Option.   Moreover,  an Option  Agreement may
provide for a "cashless  exercise" of the Option  by establishing procedures
whereby the Holder,  by a  properly executed written  notice, directs  (i) an
immediate market sale or margin loan respecting all  or a part of the shares
of Common  Stock  to which  he  is  entitled upon  exercise  pursuant to  an
extension of credit by the  Company to the Holder of  the Option price, (ii)
the delivery of the  shares of Common Stock  from the Company  directly to a
brokerage firm, and  (iii) the  delivery of  the option  price from  sale or
margin loan proceeds from the brokerage firm directly  to the Company.  Such
Option Agreement may  also include, without  limitation, provisions relating
to (i)  subject to  the  provisions hereof  accelerating such  vesting  on a
Change  of  Control,  vesting  of  Options,   (ii)  tax  matters  (including
provisions covering  any applicable  employee wage  withholding requirements
and requiring additional  "gross-up" payments to  Holders to meet  any excise
taxes or other  additional income  tax liability  imposed as  a result  of a
Change of Control  payment resulting from  the operation  of the Plan  or of
such Option Agreement),  and (iii) any  other matters not  inconsistent with
the terms and provisions of  this Plan that the Committee  shall in its sole
discretion determine.   The terms  and conditions  of the  respective Option
Agreements need not be identical.

(e)  Option Price and Payment.   The price at which a  share of Common Stock
may be  purchased upon  exercise of  an Option  shall  be determined  by the
Committee, but  such purchase  price (i)  shall not  be  less than  the Fair
Market Value of a share of  Common Stock on the date  such Option is granted
and (ii) shall be subject  to adjustment as provided in  paragraph XII.  The
Option or portion  thereof may  be exercised by  delivery of  an irrevocable
notice of exercise  to the  Company.   The purchase price  of the  Option or
portion thereof  shall be  paid  in full  in  the manner  prescribed  by the
Committee.  Separate stock certificates  shall be issued by  the Company for
those shares acquired pursuant to the exercise  of an Incentive Stock Option
and for those shares acquired  pursuant to the exercise  of any Option which
does not constitute an Incentive Stock Option.

(f)  Shareholder Rights and Privileges.  The Holder shall be entitled to all
the privileges and rights of a shareholder only  with respect to such shares
of Common  Stock as  have  been purchased  under  the Option  and  for which
certificates of stock have been registered in the Holder's name.

(g)  Options and Rights  in Substitution for Stock  Options Granted by Other
Corporations.  Options  and Stock Appreciation  Rights may be  granted under
the Plan  from  time to  time  in  substitution for  stock  options held  by
individuals employed by corporations who  become employees as a  result of a
merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or any
subsidiary, or the acquisition by the Company or  a subsidiary of the assets
of the  employing  corporation,  or the  acquisition  by  the  Company or  a
subsidiary of stock of the  employing corporation with the  result that such
employing corporation becomes a subsidiary.

(h)  Fixed Grants  to  Non-Employee Directors.    Each individual  who  is a
non-employee Director of the Company on the date  of the approval of the Plan
by the Directors shall receive an Option to  purchase 1,000 shares of Common
Stock at  the  Fair  Market  Value thereof  on  the  date  of  grant.   Each
individual who thereafter becomes a non-employee Director of the Company upon
election to such office shall receive an Option  to purchase 1,000 shares of
Common Stock at the  Fair Market Value thereof  on the date of  grant.  Each
Option granted  under  this paragraph  VII(h)  shall (i)  not  constitute an
Incentive Stock Option, (ii)  not have Stock Appreciation  Rights granted in
connection therewith,  (iii) have  a  term of  ten years,  (iv)  vest twenty
percent (20%) per year on each of the  first five anniversary dates of grant
subject to acceleration  and vesting pursuant  to paragraph XII(c),  and (v)
cease to  be exercisable  after the  date which  is  three months  after the
termination of such individual's  service as a Director  (provided that such
exercise period shall be extended to  one year in the event  of the death of
the non-employee Director). Any non-employee Director holding Options granted
under this  paragraph VII(h)  who is  a member  of  the Committee  shall not
participate in any  action of  the Committee  with respect  to any  claim or
dispute involving such non-employee Director.

VIII.  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

(a)  Stock Appreciation Rights.  A Stock Appreciation Right  is the right to
receive an amount  equal to  the Spread  with respect to  a share  of Common
Stock  upon  the  exercise   of  such  Stock  Appreciation   Right.    Stock
Appreciation Rights  may  be granted  in  connection with  the  grant of  an
Option, in which  case the  Option Agreement will  provide that  exercise of
Stock Appreciation  Rights will  result  in the  surrender of  the  right to
purchase the  shares under  the Option  as to  which the  Stock Appreciation
Rights were  exercised.   Alternatively,  Stock Appreciation  Rights  may be
granted independently  of  Options,  in  which  case  each  Award  of  Stock
Appreciation Rights  shall  be  evidenced  by  a Stock  Appreciation  Rights
Agreement which shall contain such  terms and conditions as  may be approved
by the  Committee including  without limitation  all applicable  matters set
forth  with  specificity  in   paragraph  VII(d)  with   respect  to  Option
Agreements.  The terms  and conditions of the  respective Stock Appreciation
Rights Agreements need not be identical.  The Spread with respect to a Stock
Appreciation Right may  be payable  either in cash,  shares of  Common Stock
with a Fair Market Value equal to the Spread or in a combination of cash and
shares of Common Stock.  With respect to  Stock Appreciation Rights that are
subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act,  however, the Committee shall, except
as provided in paragraph XII(c), retain sole discretion (i) to determine the
form in which payment  of the Stock  Appreciation Right will  be made (i.e.,
cash, securities or any combination thereof) or  (ii) to approve an election
by a  Holder  to  receive  cash  in  full  or  partial settlement  of  Stock
Appreciation Rights.  Each Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement shall provide
that the Stock  Appreciation Rights  may not be  exercised earlier  than six
months from the date of grant and shall specify the effect of termination of
employment on the exercisability of the Stock Appreciation Rights.

(b)  Exercise Price.   The exercise  price of each  Stock Appreciation Right
shall be determined by the Committee, but such  exercise price (i) shall not
be less than the Fair  Market Value of a  share of Common Stock  on the date
the Stock Appreciation Right is  granted (or such greater  exercise price as
may be required  if such Stock  Appreciation Right is  granted in connection
with an Incentive  Stock Option that  must have  an exercise price  equal to
110% of the  Fair Market  Value of  the Common  Stock on  the date  of grant
pursuant to paragraph  VII(c)) and  (ii) shall be  subject to  adjustment as
provided in paragraph XII.

(c)  Exercise Period.  The term of each Stock Appreciation Right shall be as
specified by the Committee at the date of grant.

(d)   Limitations  on  Exercise  of  Stock  Appreciation  Right.    A  Stock
Appreciation Right shall be exercisable in whole or in such installments and
at such times as determined by the Committee.

IX. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a)  Restriction Period To Be  Established by the Committee.   At the time a
Restricted Stock Award  is made, the  Committee shall establish  a period of
time (the "Restriction Period")  applicable to such Award.   Each Restricted
Stock Award may  have a different  Restriction Period, in  the discretion of
the Committee.  The Restriction Period applicable to a particular Restricted
Stock Award shall not be  changed except as permitted  by paragraph IX(b) or
paragraph XII.

(b)   Other  Terms and  Conditions.    Common Stock  awarded  pursuant to  a
Restricted  Stock  Award  shall  be  represented   by  a  stock  certificate
registered in the name  of the Holder of  such Restricted Stock  Award.  The
Holder shall  have the  right to  receive dividends  during  the Restriction
Period, to  vote  Common  Stock  subject  thereto  and  to enjoy  all  other
shareholder rights,  except that  (i) the  Holder shall  not be  entitled to
delivery of the  stock certificate until  the Restriction Period  shall have
expired, (ii)  the Company  shall  retain custody  of the  stock  during the
Restriction Period,  (iii)  the  Holder  may  not  sell,  transfer,  pledge,
exchange,  hypothecate,  or  otherwise  dispose  of  the  stock  during  the
Restriction  Period,  and  (iv)  a  breach   of  the  terms  and  conditions
established by  the Committee  pursuant  to the  Restricted  Stock Agreement
shall cause a forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Award.  At the time of such
Award, the  Committee  may, in  its  sole  discretion, prescribe  additional
terms, conditions,  or  restrictions relating  to  Restricted Stock  Awards,
including, but  not  limited  to, rules  pertaining  to  the termination  of
employment or service  as a Director  (by retirement, disability,  death, or
otherwise) of a Holder prior to expiration of  the Restriction Period.  Such
additional terms,  conditions,  or  restrictions shall  be  set  forth in  a
Restricted Stock  Agreement  made  in  conjunction  with  the Award.    Such
Restricted Stock Agreement may also  include, without limitation, provisions
relating to (i) subject to  the provisions hereof accelerating  vesting on a
Change of Control, vesting of Awards, (ii) tax matters (including provisions
(x) covering  any  applicable  employee  wage  withholding requirement,  (y)
prohibiting an election by  the Holder under  section 83(b) of  the Code and
(z) requiring additional  "grossup" payments to  Holders to meet  any excise
taxes or other  additional income  tax liability  imposed as  a result  of a
Change of Control  payment resulting from  the operation  of the Plan  or of
such  Restricted  Stock  Agreement),   and  (iii)  any   other  matters  not
inconsistent with the terms and  provisions of this Plan  that the Committee
shall in its  sole discretion determine.   The  terms and conditions  of the
respective Restricted Stock Agreements need not be identical.

(c)  Payment for Restricted Stock.  The Committee shall determine the amount
and form of any payment  for Common Stock received  pursuant to a Restricted
Stock Award, provided that in the absence of  such a determination, a Holder
shall not be required to make any payment for Common Stock received pursuant
to a Restricted Stock Award, except to the extent otherwise required by law.

(d)  Agreements.   At the time any Award is made under this paragraph IX, the
Company and the Holder shall enter into a Restricted Stock Agreement setting
forth each of the matters contemplated hereby and  such other matters as the
Committee may determine to be appropriate.  The  terms and provisions of the
respective Restricted Stock Agreements need not be identical.

X. PERFORMANCE AWARDS

(a)  Performance Period.  The Committee shall establish, with respect to and
at the time of each  Performance Award, a performance  period over which the
performance of the Holder shall be measured.

(b)  Performance Awards.  Each Performance Award  shall have a maximum value
established by the Committee at the time of such Award.

(c)   Performance Measures.   A  Performance Award  shall  be awarded  to an
employee or a Director contingent upon future  performance of the Company or
any subsidiary,  division,  or  department thereof  by  or  in  which is  he
employed (if applicable) during the performance period.  The Committee shall
establish the performance measures  applicable to such  performance prior to
the beginning of the performance period but  subject to such later revisions
as the Committee shall  deem appropriate to  reflect significant, unforeseen
events or changes.

(d)  Awards Criteria.   In determining the value  of Performance Awards, the
Committee shall  take  into account  an  individual's responsibility  level,
performance, potential, other  Awards, and  such other considerations  as it
deems appropriate.

(e)  Payment.  Following the end of the  performance period, the Holder of a
Performance Award shall  be entitled  to receive payment  of an  amount, not
exceeding  the  maximum  value  of  the  Performance  Award,  based  on  the
achievement of  the performance  measures  for such  performance  period, as
determined by the Committee.  Payment of a  performance Award may be made in
cash, Common Stock or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee.
Payment shall be made in a lump sum or  in installments as prescribed by the
Committee.  Any  payment to be  made in Common  Stock shall be  based on the
Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the payment date.

(f)  Termination of Employment.  A Performance Award  shall terminate if the
Holder does not  remain continuously  in the  employ of  the Company  (or in
service as  a  Director)  at all  times  during  the applicable  performance
period, except as may be determined by the  Committee or as may otherwise be
provided in the Award at the time granted.

(g)  Agreements.  At the time any Award  is made under this paragraph X, the
Company and  the  Holder  shall enter  into  a  Performance Award  Agreement
setting forth each of the matter contemplated  hereby and, in addition, such
matters as are set forth  in paragraph 1X(b) as  the Committee may determine
to be appropriate.   The terms  and provisions of  the respective agreements
need not be identical.

XI. INCENTIVE AWARDS

(a)  Incentive  Awards.  Incentive  Awards are  rights to receive  shares of
Common Stock (or cash in an amount equal  to the Fair Market Value thereof),
or rights to receive an amount equal to  any appreciation in the Fair Market
Value of Common Stock (or portion thereof) over  a specified period of time,
which vest  over  a period  of  time  or upon  the  occurrence  of an  event
(including without limitation  a Change  of Control)  as established  by the
Committee, without payment of any  amounts by the Holder  thereof (except to
the extent otherwise  required by  law) or  satisfaction of  any performance
criteria or objectives.   Each  Incentive Award shall  have a  maximum value
established by the Committee at the time of such Award.

(b)  Award Period.   The Committee shall  establish, with respect  to and at
the time of  each Incentive  Award, a  period over which  or the  event upon
which the Award shall vest with respect to the Holder.

(c)  Awards  Criteria.  In  determining the  value of Incentive  Awards, the
Committee shall  take  into account  an  individual's responsibility  level,
performance, potential, other  Awards, and  such other considerations  as it
deems appropriate.

(d)  Payment.   Following  the end  of the vesting  period for  an Incentive
Award, the Holder of an Incentive Award shall be entitled to receive payment
of an amount, not exceeding the maximum value  of the Incentive Award, based
on the then vested value of the award.  Payment of an Incentive Award may be
made in cash, Common  Stock, or a  combination thereof as  determined by the
Committee.   Payment shall  be made  in  a lump  sum or  in  installments as
prescribed by the Committee in its sole discretion.   Any payment to be made
in Common Stock shall be based on the Fair Market Value  of the Common Stock
on the payment date.  Cash dividend equivalents  may be paid during or after
the vesting period with respect to an Incentive  Award, as determined by the
Committee.

(e)  Termination of Employment.   An Incentive Award  shall terminate if the
Holder does not  remain continuously  in the  employ of  the Company  (or in
service as a  Director) at all  times during the  applicable vesting period,
except as may be  otherwise determined by the  Committee or as  set forth in
the Award at the time of grant.

(f)  Agreements.   At the time any Award is made under this paragraph XI, the
Company and the Holder shall enter into an Incentive Award Agreement setting
forth each of the matters contemplated hereby and, in addition, such matters
as are set forth  in  paragraph IX(b)  as the Committee may  determine to be
appropriate.  The terms and provisions of the respective agreements need not
be identical.

XII. RECAPITALIZATION OR REORGANIZATION

(a)  The shares  with respect to which  Awards may be granted  are shares of
Common Stock as  presently constituted, but  if, and whenever,  prior to the
expiration of  an  Award theretofore  granted,  the Company  shall  effect a
subdivision or consolidation of shares  of Common Stock or  the payment of a
stock dividend  on  Common Stock  without  receipt of  consideration  by the
Company, the number  of shares of  Common Stock  with respect to  which such
Award may thereafter be exercised  or satisfied, as applicable,   (i) in the
event  of  an  increase  in  the  number  of  outstanding  shares  shall  be
proportionately increased,  and  the  purchase  price  per  share  shall  be
proportionately reduced, and (ii) in the event of  a reduction in the number
of outstanding  shares shall  be proportionately  reduced, and  the purchase
price per share shall be proportionately increased.

(b)    If  the  Company  recapitalizes  or  otherwise  changes  its  capital
structure, thereafter upon any  exercise or satisfaction,  as applicable, of
an Award theretofore granted, the  Holder shall be entitled  to (or entitled
to purchase, if applicable) under such Award in lieu of the number of shares
of Common Stock then covered  by such Award, the number  and class of shares
of stock  and  securities  to which  the  Holder  would  have been  entitled
pursuant to the terms of the recapitalization  if, immediately prior to such
recapitalization, the Holder had been the holder of  record of the number of
shares of Common Stock then covered by such Award.

(c)   In the  event of  a Change  of Control,  all outstanding  Awards shall
immediately vest and become exercisable or  satisfiable, as applicable.  The
Committee, in its  discretion, may determine  that upon the  occurrence of a
Change of Control, each Award outstanding hereunder shall terminate within a
specified number of days after  notice to the Holder,  and such Holder shall
receive, with respect to each  share of Common Stock  subject to such Award,
cash in an  amount equal to  the excess  of (i) the  higher of (x)  the Fair
Market Value  of  such  share  of  Common  Stock  immediately prior  to  the
occurrence of such Change of  Control or (y) the  value of the consideration
to be received in  connection with such Change  of Control for  one share of
Common Stock  over (ii)  the  exercise price  per share,  if  applicable, of
Common Stock  set forth  in such  Award.   The  provisions contained  in the
preceding sentence shall be inapplicable to an  Award granted within six (6)
months before the occurrence  of a Change of  Control if the  Holder of such
Award is subject to the reporting requirements of  Section 16(a) of the 1934
Act.  If  the consideration offered  to shareholders  of the Company  in any
transaction described  in this  paragraph  consists of  anything  other than
cash, the Committee shall determine the fair  cash equivalent of the portion
of the  consideration offered  which  is other  than cash.    The provisions
contained in this paragraph shall not terminate any  rights of the Holder to
further payments pursuant to any other  agreement with the Company following
a Change of Control.

(d) In the  event of changes  in the outstanding  Common Stock by  reason of
recapitalization, reorganizations,  mergers,  consolidations,  combinations,
exchanges or other  relevant changes  in capitalization occurring  after the
date of  the grant  of any  Award  and not  otherwise provided  for  by this
paragraph XII,  any outstanding  Awards and  any agreements  evidencing such
Awards shall be subject to adjustment by the  Committee at its discretion as
to the number  and price of  shares of  Common Stock or  other consideration
subject to such Awards.  In the event of  any such change in the outstanding
Common Stock, the aggregate number of shares available under the Plan may be
appropriately adjusted  by  the  Committee,  whose  determination  shall  be
conclusive.

(e)  The existence  of the Plan and  the Awards granted  hereunder shall not
affect in any way the right or power of the Board or the shareholders of the
Company  to  make   or  authorize   any  adjustment,  recapitalization,     
reorganization, or other  change in the  Company's capital structure  or its
business, any merger or consolidation  of the Company, any  issue of debt or
equity securities ahead of or affecting Common  Stock or the rights thereof,
the dissolution or liquidation of the Company  or any sale, lease, exchange,
or other disposition  of all or  any part of  its assets or  business or any
other corporate act or proceeding.

(f)  Any adjustment provided for in Subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) above
shall be subject to any required shareholder action.

(g)  Except as hereinbefore expressly provided,  the issuance by the Company
of shares of  stock of any  class or  securities convertible into  shares of
stock of any class, for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale,
upon the  exercise of  rights  or warrants  to subscribe  therefor,  or upon
conversion of shares  or obligations  of the  Company convertible  into such
shares or other securities, and  in any case whether or  not for fair value,
shall not affect,  and no adjustment  by reason  thereof shall be  made with
respect to,  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  subject  to  Awards
theretofore granted or the purchase price per share, if applicable.

XIII.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

The Board in its discretion may terminate the  Plan at any time with respect
to any shares for which Awards have not theretofore been granted.  The Board
shall have the  right to alter  or amend the  Plan or any  part thereof from
time to time; provided that  no change in any  Award theretofore granted may
be made which would impair  the rights of the Holder  without the consent of
the Holder (unless such  change is required  in order to  cause the benefits
under the  Plan  to qualify  as  performancebased   compensation  within the
meaning of section 162(m) of the  Code and applicable interpretive authority
thereunder) and provided, further, that the  Board may not, without approval
of the shareholders, amend the Plan:

(a)   to  increase the  maximum  number of  shares  which may  be  issued on
exercise or surrender of an Award, except as provided in paragraph XII;

(b)  to change the Option price;

(c)   to change  the  class of  individuals  eligible to  receive  Awards or
materially increase the benefits  accruing to employees  and Directors under
the Plan;

(d)  to extend the  maximum period during which Awards  may be granted under
the Plan;

(e)    to  modify   materially  the  requirements  as   to  eligibility  for
participation in the Plan; or

(f)   to  decrease  any authority  granted  to  the  Committee hereunder  in
contravention of Rule 16b3.

XIV. MISCELLANEOUS

(a)  No Right To An Award.  Neither the  adoption of the Plan by the Company
nor any action  of the  Board or the  Committee shall  be deemed to  give an
employee any right to be granted an Award  to purchase Common Stock, a right
to a  Stock  Appreciation Right,  a  Restricted Stock  Award,  a Performance
Award, or an Incentive Award,  or any of the rights  hereunder except as may
be evidenced  by an  Award  or by  an Option  Agreement,  Stock Appreciation
Rights Agreement, Restricted Stock Agreement,  a Performance Award Agreement
or an Incentive Award Agreement duly executed on  behalf of the Company, and
then only to the extent and on the  terms and conditions expressly set forth
therein.  The Plan shall be unfunded.  The  Company shall not be required to
establish any special or separate  fund or to make  any other segregation of
funds or assets to assure the payment of any Award.

(b)  No Employment  Rights Conferred.   Nothing contained in  the Plan shall
(i) confer  upon any  employee  any right  with respect  to  continuation of
employment with the Company or  any subsidiary or (ii)  interfere in any way
with the right  of the  Company or  any subsidiary to  terminate his  or her
employment  (or  service  as  a  Director,  in  accordance  with  applicable
corporate law) at any time.

(c)  Other Laws;  Withholding.  The Company  shall not be obligated to issue
any Common Stock pursuant  to any Award granted  under the Plan  at any time
when the shares  covered by such  Award have  not been registered  under the
Securities Act  of 1933  and such  other state  and  federal laws,  rules or
regulations as the  Company or  the Committee deems  applicable and,  in the
opinion of legal  counsel for the  Company, there  is no exemption  from the
registration requirements of such  laws, rules or  regulations available for
the issuance and sale of such shares.   No fractional shares of Common Stock
shall be delivered, nor shall any cash in lieu of fractional shares be paid.
The Company shall have the right to deduct in connection with all Awards any
taxes required by law to be withheld and to require any payments required to
enable it to satisfy its withholding obligations.

(d)  No  Restriction on  Corporate Action.   Nothing  contained in  the Plan
shall be construed to prevent the Company or  any subsidiary from taking any
corporate action which  is deemed by  the Company  or such subsidiary  to be
appropriate or in its best  interest, whether or not  such action would have
an adverse  effect  on the  Plan  or any  Award  made under  the  Plan.   No
employee, beneficiary  or  other person  shall  have any  claim  against the
Company or any subsidiary as a result of any such action.

(e)  Restrictions on Transfer.  An Award shall not be transferable otherwise
than by will or the laws of descent  and distribution and may be exercisable
during the  lifetime of  the  Holder only  by  such Holder  or  the Holder's
guardian or legal representative.

(f)  Rule 16b3.  It is intended that the Plan and any grant of an Award made
to a  person  subject  to  Section  16 of  the  1934  Act  meet  all of  the
requirements of Rule 16b3.  If  any provision of the Plan  or any such Award
would disqualify the Plan or such Award under, or would otherwise not comply
with, Rule  16b3,  such provision  or  Award shall  be  construed or  deemed
amended to conform to Rule 16b3.

(g)  Section  162(m).  It is intended  that the Plan  comply fully with  and
meet all the requirements of Section 162(m) of  the code so that options and
Stock Appreciation Rights granted hereunder with  an exercise price not less
than Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant shall
constitute  "performancebased"  compensation  within  the  meaning  of  such
section.  If any  provision of the Plan  would disqualify the  Plan or would
not otherwise permit the Plan to comply with  section 162(m) as so intended,
such provision  shall  be construed  or  deemed amended  to  conform to  the
requirements  or  provisions  of  Section  162(m);  provided  that  no  such
construction or amendment shall have an adverse effect on the economic value
to a Holder of any Award previously granted hereunder.

(h)  Governing Law.   The Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of Texas, except to the extent that it implicates matters which
are the subject  of the  General Corporation  Law of  the State  of Colorado
which matters shall be governed by the latter law.





                EXHIBIT 21 - SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT



National Western Life Insurance  Company has one subsidiary  which meets the
definition of  significant  subsidiary according  to  Regulation  S-X.   The
subsidiary is The Westcap Corporation incorporated in the State of Delaware,
and it conducts business under the same name.<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 7
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995
<DEBT-HELD-FOR-SALE>                           574,934
<DEBT-CARRYING-VALUE>                        1,643,211
<DEBT-MARKET-VALUE>                          1,726,469
<EQUITIES>                                      25,860
<MORTGAGE>                                     191,674
<REAL-ESTATE>                                   19,066
<TOTAL-INVEST>                               2,624,596
<CASH>                                          10,024
<RECOVER-REINSURE>                               1,339
<DEFERRED-ACQUISITION>                         270,167
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               2,958,459
<POLICY-LOSSES>                              2,576,044
<UNEARNED-PREMIUMS>                                  0
<POLICY-OTHER>                                  12,908
<POLICY-HOLDER-FUNDS>                            9,925
<NOTES-PAYABLE>                                  2,781
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         3,491
<OTHER-SE>                                     308,496
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 2,958,459
                                      87,173<F1>
<INVESTMENT-INCOME>                            201,816
<INVESTMENT-GAINS>                             (2,415)
<OTHER-INCOME>                                     661
<BENEFITS>                                     180,276<F2>
<UNDERWRITING-AMORTIZATION>                     33,675
<UNDERWRITING-OTHER>                            27,084
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 46,200
<INCOME-TAX>                                    10,566
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             35,634
<DISCONTINUED>                                (16,350)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    19,284
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     5.53
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     5.53
<RESERVE-OPEN>                                       0
<PROVISION-CURRENT>                                  0
<PROVISION-PRIOR>                                    0
<PAYMENTS-CURRENT>                                   0
<PAYMENTS-PRIOR>                                     0
<RESERVE-CLOSE>                                      0
<CUMULATIVE-DEFICIENCY>                              0
<FN>
<F1>Consists of $17,390 revenues from traditional contracts subject to FAS 60
accounting treatment and $69,783 revenues from universal life and investment
annuity contracts subject to FAS 97 accounting treatment.
<F2>Consists of $39,823 benefits paid to policyholders, $(2,487) decrease in
reserves on traditional contracts and $142,940 interest on universal life and
investment annuity contracts.
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission